[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20190042408A1 - Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools - Google Patents

Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20190042408A1
US20190042408A1 US15/868,492 US201815868492A US2019042408A1 US 20190042408 A1 US20190042408 A1 US 20190042408A1 US 201815868492 A US201815868492 A US 201815868492A US 2019042408 A1 US2019042408 A1 US 2019042408A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
memory
sled
compute
pool
addresses
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/868,492
Inventor
Mark Schmisseur
Dimitrios Ziakas
Murugasamy K. Nachimuthu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Intel Corp
Original Assignee
Intel Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Intel Corp filed Critical Intel Corp
Priority to US15/868,492 priority Critical patent/US20190042408A1/en
Assigned to INTEL CORPORATION reassignment INTEL CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NACHIMUTHU, MURUGASAMY K., SCHMISSEUR, MARK, ZIAKAS, Dimitrios
Publication of US20190042408A1 publication Critical patent/US20190042408A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/18Multiprotocol handlers, e.g. single devices capable of handling multiple protocols
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/16Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
    • G06F15/163Interprocessor communication
    • G06F15/173Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L9/00Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
    • H04L9/08Key distribution or management, e.g. generation, sharing or updating, of cryptographic keys or passwords
    • H04L9/0816Key establishment, i.e. cryptographic processes or cryptographic protocols whereby a shared secret becomes available to two or more parties, for subsequent use
    • H04L9/0819Key transport or distribution, i.e. key establishment techniques where one party creates or otherwise obtains a secret value, and securely transfers it to the other(s)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/30Monitoring
    • G06F11/3003Monitoring arrangements specially adapted to the computing system or computing system component being monitored
    • G06F11/3006Monitoring arrangements specially adapted to the computing system or computing system component being monitored where the computing system is distributed, e.g. networked systems, clusters, multiprocessor systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/30Monitoring
    • G06F11/34Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
    • G06F11/3409Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment for performance assessment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/30Monitoring
    • G06F11/34Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
    • G06F11/3442Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment for planning or managing the needed capacity
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F11/00Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
    • G06F11/30Monitoring
    • G06F11/34Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
    • G06F11/3466Performance evaluation by tracing or monitoring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/0223User address space allocation, e.g. contiguous or non contiguous base addressing
    • G06F12/023Free address space management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/06Addressing a physical block of locations, e.g. base addressing, module addressing, memory dedication
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/06Addressing a physical block of locations, e.g. base addressing, module addressing, memory dedication
    • G06F12/0607Interleaved addressing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/14Protection against unauthorised use of memory or access to memory
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F13/14Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
    • G06F13/16Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus
    • G06F13/1605Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus based on arbitration
    • G06F13/1652Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus based on arbitration in a multiprocessor architecture
    • G06F13/1663Access to shared memory
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F13/14Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
    • G06F13/16Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus
    • G06F13/1668Details of memory controller
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F13/38Information transfer, e.g. on bus
    • G06F13/40Bus structure
    • G06F13/4063Device-to-bus coupling
    • G06F13/4068Electrical coupling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F13/38Information transfer, e.g. on bus
    • G06F13/42Bus transfer protocol, e.g. handshake; Synchronisation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/16Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
    • G06F15/161Computing infrastructure, e.g. computer clusters, blade chassis or hardware partitioning
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/16Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
    • G06F15/163Interprocessor communication
    • G06F15/173Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
    • G06F15/17306Intercommunication techniques
    • G06F15/17331Distributed shared memory [DSM], e.g. remote direct memory access [RDMA]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/76Architectures of general purpose stored program computers
    • G06F15/78Architectures of general purpose stored program computers comprising a single central processing unit
    • G06F15/7867Architectures of general purpose stored program computers comprising a single central processing unit with reconfigurable architecture
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/11File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
    • G06F16/119Details of migration of file systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/22Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • G06F16/221Column-oriented storage; Management thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/22Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • G06F16/2228Indexing structures
    • G06F16/2237Vectors, bitmaps or matrices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/22Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • G06F16/2228Indexing structures
    • G06F16/2255Hash tables
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/22Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • G06F16/2282Tablespace storage structures; Management thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/23Updating
    • G06F16/2365Ensuring data consistency and integrity
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/24Querying
    • G06F16/245Query processing
    • G06F16/2453Query optimisation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/24Querying
    • G06F16/245Query processing
    • G06F16/2455Query execution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/24Querying
    • G06F16/245Query processing
    • G06F16/2455Query execution
    • G06F16/24553Query execution of query operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/24Querying
    • G06F16/248Presentation of query results
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/25Integrating or interfacing systems involving database management systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/901Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
    • G06F16/9014Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures hash tables
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/0604Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/0604Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management
    • G06F3/0605Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management by facilitating the interaction with a user or administrator
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/061Improving I/O performance
    • G06F3/0611Improving I/O performance in relation to response time
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/061Improving I/O performance
    • G06F3/0613Improving I/O performance in relation to throughput
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0629Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0629Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
    • G06F3/0631Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems by allocating resources to storage systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0629Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
    • G06F3/0632Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems by initialisation or re-initialisation of storage systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0638Organizing or formatting or addressing of data
    • G06F3/0644Management of space entities, e.g. partitions, extents, pools
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0646Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
    • G06F3/0647Migration mechanisms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0646Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
    • G06F3/065Replication mechanisms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0655Vertical data movement, i.e. input-output transfer; data movement between one or more hosts and one or more storage devices
    • G06F3/0659Command handling arrangements, e.g. command buffers, queues, command scheduling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0628Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
    • G06F3/0662Virtualisation aspects
    • G06F3/0665Virtualisation aspects at area level, e.g. provisioning of virtual or logical volumes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0668Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/067Distributed or networked storage systems, e.g. storage area networks [SAN], network attached storage [NAS]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0668Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/0671In-line storage system
    • G06F3/0673Single storage device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0668Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/0671In-line storage system
    • G06F3/0683Plurality of storage devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0668Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/0671In-line storage system
    • G06F3/0683Plurality of storage devices
    • G06F3/0685Hybrid storage combining heterogeneous device types, e.g. hierarchical storage, hybrid arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F30/00Computer-aided design [CAD]
    • G06F30/30Circuit design
    • G06F30/34Circuit design for reconfigurable circuits, e.g. field programmable gate arrays [FPGA] or programmable logic devices [PLD]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/22Microcontrol or microprogram arrangements
    • G06F9/28Enhancement of operational speed, e.g. by using several microcontrol devices operating in parallel
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/4401Bootstrapping
    • G06F9/4406Loading of operating system
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/4401Bootstrapping
    • G06F9/4411Configuring for operating with peripheral devices; Loading of device drivers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/445Program loading or initiating
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/448Execution paradigms, e.g. implementations of programming paradigms
    • G06F9/4494Execution paradigms, e.g. implementations of programming paradigms data driven
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5005Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
    • G06F9/5011Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resources being hardware resources other than CPUs, Servers and Terminals
    • G06F9/5022Mechanisms to release resources
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5005Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
    • G06F9/5027Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
    • G06F9/505Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering the load
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5083Techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system
    • G06F9/5088Techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system involving task migration
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C29/00Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
    • G11C29/02Detection or location of defective auxiliary circuits, e.g. defective refresh counters
    • G11C29/028Detection or location of defective auxiliary circuits, e.g. defective refresh counters with adaption or trimming of parameters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C29/00Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
    • G11C29/04Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
    • G11C29/08Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
    • G11C29/12Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
    • G11C29/36Data generation devices, e.g. data inverters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C29/00Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
    • G11C29/04Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
    • G11C29/08Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
    • G11C29/12Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
    • G11C29/38Response verification devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C29/00Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
    • G11C29/04Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
    • G11C29/08Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
    • G11C29/12Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
    • G11C29/44Indication or identification of errors, e.g. for repair
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11CSTATIC STORES
    • G11C8/00Arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store
    • G11C8/12Group selection circuits, e.g. for memory block selection, chip selection, array selection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/02Standardisation; Integration
    • H04L41/0213Standardised network management protocols, e.g. simple network management protocol [SNMP]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/06Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications
    • H04L41/0654Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications using network fault recovery
    • H04L41/0668Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications using network fault recovery by dynamic selection of recovery network elements, e.g. replacement by the most appropriate element after failure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/06Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications
    • H04L41/0677Localisation of faults
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0813Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings
    • H04L41/0816Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings the condition being an adaptation, e.g. in response to network events
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0893Assignment of logical groups to network elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0896Bandwidth or capacity management, i.e. automatically increasing or decreasing capacities
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/50Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
    • H04L41/5003Managing SLA; Interaction between SLA and QoS
    • H04L41/5019Ensuring fulfilment of SLA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/50Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
    • H04L41/5003Managing SLA; Interaction between SLA and QoS
    • H04L41/5019Ensuring fulfilment of SLA
    • H04L41/5025Ensuring fulfilment of SLA by proactively reacting to service quality change, e.g. by reconfiguration after service quality degradation or upgrade
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L43/00Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
    • H04L43/06Generation of reports
    • H04L43/065Generation of reports related to network devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L43/00Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
    • H04L43/08Monitoring or testing based on specific metrics, e.g. QoS, energy consumption or environmental parameters
    • H04L43/0876Network utilisation, e.g. volume of load or congestion level
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/28Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks using route fault recovery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/74Address processing for routing
    • H04L45/745Address table lookup; Address filtering
    • H04L45/7453Address table lookup; Address filtering using hashing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/10Flow control; Congestion control
    • H04L47/11Identifying congestion
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/10Flow control; Congestion control
    • H04L47/12Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion
    • H04L47/125Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion by balancing the load, e.g. traffic engineering
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/70Admission control; Resource allocation
    • H04L47/78Architectures of resource allocation
    • H04L47/781Centralised allocation of resources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/70Admission control; Resource allocation
    • H04L47/83Admission control; Resource allocation based on usage prediction
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L49/00Packet switching elements
    • H04L49/30Peripheral units, e.g. input or output ports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L49/00Packet switching elements
    • H04L49/35Switches specially adapted for specific applications
    • H04L49/351Switches specially adapted for specific applications for local area network [LAN], e.g. Ethernet switches
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L49/00Packet switching elements
    • H04L49/90Buffering arrangements
    • H04L49/9005Buffering arrangements using dynamic buffer space allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/10Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
    • H04L67/1001Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network for accessing one among a plurality of replicated servers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/10Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
    • H04L67/1001Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network for accessing one among a plurality of replicated servers
    • H04L67/1004Server selection for load balancing
    • H04L67/1008Server selection for load balancing based on parameters of servers, e.g. available memory or workload
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/12Protocol engines
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/22Parsing or analysis of headers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/30Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
    • H04L69/32Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/30Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
    • H04L69/32Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
    • H04L69/321Interlayer communication protocols or service data unit [SDU] definitions; Interfaces between layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L9/00Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
    • H04L9/08Key distribution or management, e.g. generation, sharing or updating, of cryptographic keys or passwords
    • H04L9/0894Escrow, recovery or storing of secret information, e.g. secret key escrow or cryptographic key storage
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q11/00Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
    • H04Q11/0001Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
    • H04Q11/0005Switch and router aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q11/00Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
    • H04Q11/0001Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
    • H04Q11/0062Network aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/14Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
    • H05K7/1485Servers; Data center rooms, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
    • H05K7/1488Cabinets therefor, e.g. chassis or racks or mechanical interfaces between blades and support structures
    • H05K7/1489Cabinets therefor, e.g. chassis or racks or mechanical interfaces between blades and support structures characterized by the mounting of blades therein, e.g. brackets, rails, trays
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/14Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
    • H05K7/1485Servers; Data center rooms, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
    • H05K7/1498Resource management, Optimisation arrangements, e.g. configuration, identification, tracking, physical location
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/18Construction of rack or frame
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/20Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating
    • H05K7/20009Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating using a gaseous coolant in electronic enclosures
    • H05K7/20209Thermal management, e.g. fan control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K7/00Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
    • H05K7/20Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating
    • H05K7/20709Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating for server racks or cabinets; for data centers, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
    • H05K7/20718Forced ventilation of a gaseous coolant
    • H05K7/20736Forced ventilation of a gaseous coolant within cabinets for removing heat from server blades
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/08Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
    • G06F12/0802Addressing of a memory level in which the access to the desired data or data block requires associative addressing means, e.g. caches
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/08Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
    • G06F12/10Address translation
    • G06F12/1027Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
    • G06F12/1045Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache
    • G06F12/1054Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache the data cache being concurrently physically addressed
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F12/00Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F12/02Addressing or allocation; Relocation
    • G06F12/08Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
    • G06F12/10Address translation
    • G06F12/1027Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
    • G06F12/1045Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache
    • G06F12/1063Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache the data cache being concurrently virtually addressed
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F13/38Information transfer, e.g. on bus
    • G06F13/40Bus structure
    • G06F13/4004Coupling between buses
    • G06F13/4022Coupling between buses using switching circuits, e.g. switching matrix, connection or expansion network
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/16Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
    • G06F15/163Interprocessor communication
    • G06F15/173Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
    • G06F15/1735Network adapters, e.g. SCI, Myrinet
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/10Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM]
    • G06F21/105Arrangements for software license management or administration, e.g. for managing licenses at corporate level
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2200/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/04 - G06F1/32
    • G06F2200/20Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/20
    • G06F2200/201Cooling arrangements using cooling fluid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/85Active fault masking without idle spares
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/86Event-based monitoring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/885Monitoring specific for caches
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2209/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/00
    • G06F2209/50Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/50
    • G06F2209/5019Workload prediction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2209/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/00
    • G06F2209/50Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/50
    • G06F2209/509Offload
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2212/00Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F2212/10Providing a specific technical effect
    • G06F2212/1041Resource optimization
    • G06F2212/1044Space efficiency improvement
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2212/00Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F2212/10Providing a specific technical effect
    • G06F2212/1052Security improvement
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2212/00Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
    • G06F2212/60Details of cache memory
    • G06F2212/601Reconfiguration of cache memory
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2213/00Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F2213/0026PCI express
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2213/00Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F2213/0064Latency reduction in handling transfers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2213/00Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G06F2213/38Universal adapter
    • G06F2213/3808Network interface controller
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/4401Bootstrapping
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/48Program initiating; Program switching, e.g. by interrupt
    • G06F9/4806Task transfer initiation or dispatching
    • G06F9/4843Task transfer initiation or dispatching by program, e.g. task dispatcher, supervisor, operating system
    • G06F9/485Task life-cycle, e.g. stopping, restarting, resuming execution
    • G06F9/4856Task life-cycle, e.g. stopping, restarting, resuming execution resumption being on a different machine, e.g. task migration, virtual machine migration
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5005Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
    • G06F9/5027Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
    • G06F9/5044Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering hardware capabilities
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5005Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
    • G06F9/5027Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
    • G06F9/5055Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering software capabilities, i.e. software resources associated or available to the machine
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/50Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
    • G06F9/5061Partitioning or combining of resources
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06NCOMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
    • G06N3/00Computing arrangements based on biological models
    • G06N3/02Neural networks
    • G06N3/06Physical realisation, i.e. hardware implementation of neural networks, neurons or parts of neurons
    • G06N3/063Physical realisation, i.e. hardware implementation of neural networks, neurons or parts of neurons using electronic means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0631Resource planning, allocation, distributing or scheduling for enterprises or organisations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/02Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
    • G06Q30/0283Price estimation or determination
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/04Network management architectures or arrangements
    • H04L41/044Network management architectures or arrangements comprising hierarchical management structures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0895Configuration of virtualised networks or elements, e.g. virtualised network function or OpenFlow elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/14Network analysis or design
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/14Network analysis or design
    • H04L41/142Network analysis or design using statistical or mathematical methods
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/14Network analysis or design
    • H04L41/149Network analysis or design for prediction of maintenance
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/16Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks using machine learning or artificial intelligence
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/34Signalling channels for network management communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/40Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks using virtualisation of network functions or resources, e.g. SDN or NFV entities
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L43/00Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
    • H04L43/16Threshold monitoring
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L43/00Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
    • H04L43/20Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks the monitoring system or the monitored elements being virtualised, abstracted or software-defined entities, e.g. SDN or NFV
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L49/00Packet switching elements
    • H04L49/40Constructional details, e.g. power supply, mechanical construction or backplane
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L63/00Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
    • H04L63/04Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for providing a confidential data exchange among entities communicating through data packet networks
    • H04L63/0428Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for providing a confidential data exchange among entities communicating through data packet networks wherein the data content is protected, e.g. by encrypting or encapsulating the payload
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D10/00Energy efficient computing, e.g. low power processors, power management or thermal management

Definitions

  • any byte-addressable memory e.g., RAM, non-volatile memory
  • an application e.g., a workload
  • the processor e.g., physically installed on the compute device
  • the memory available to the compute device may fall short of the amount of memory requested by the application during one or more operations.
  • an administrator of the compute device may choose to equip the compute device with a relatively large amount of memory to account for situations in which the application may benefit from the large amount of memory (e.g., for memory intensive operations).
  • a large part of memory onboard the compute device may go unused.
  • the costs of equipping the compute devices with relatively large amounts memory can be significant.
  • FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a data center for executing workloads with disaggregated resources
  • FIG. 2 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a pod of the data center of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of at least one embodiment of a rack that may be included in the pod of FIG. 2 ;
  • FIG. 4 is a side plan elevation view of the rack of FIG. 3 ;
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the rack of FIG. 3 having a sled mounted therein;
  • FIG. 6 is a is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a top side of the sled of FIG. 5 ;
  • FIG. 7 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a bottom side of the sled of FIG. 6 ;
  • FIG. 8 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 9 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the compute sled of FIG. 8 ;
  • FIG. 10 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an accelerator sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 11 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the accelerator sled of FIG. 10 ;
  • FIG. 12 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a storage sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 13 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the storage sled of FIG. 12 ;
  • FIG. 14 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 15 is a simplified block diagram of a system that may be established within the data center of FIG. 1 to execute workloads with managed nodes composed of disaggregated resources.
  • FIG. 16 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a system for interleaving memory access to a shared memory pool
  • FIG. 17 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled of the system of FIG. 16 ;
  • FIG. 18 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled of the system of FIG. 16 ;
  • FIG. 19 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a orchestrator server of the system of FIG. 16 ;
  • FIG. 20 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18 ;
  • FIG. 21 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17 ;
  • FIG. 22 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the orchestrator server of FIGS. 16 and 19 ;
  • FIG. 23 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18 ;
  • FIG. 24 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17 ;
  • FIG. 25 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for modifying a memory interleaving configuration as a function of one or more Quality of Service (QoS) targets.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • references in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an illustrative embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may or may not necessarily include that particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
  • items included in a list in the form of “at least one A, B, and C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
  • items listed in the form of “at least one of A, B, or C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
  • the disclosed embodiments may be implemented, in some cases, in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof.
  • the disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried by or stored on a transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage medium, which may be read and executed by one or more processors.
  • a machine-readable storage medium may be embodied as any storage device, mechanism, or other physical structure for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a volatile or non-volatile memory, a media disc, or other media device).
  • a data center 100 in which disaggregated resources may cooperatively execute one or more workloads includes multiple pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 , each of which includes one or more rows of racks.
  • each rack houses multiple sleds, which each may be embodied as a compute device, such as a server, that is primarily equipped with a particular type of resource (e.g., memory devices, data storage devices, accelerator devices, general purpose processors).
  • the sleds in each pod 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 are connected to multiple pod switches (e.g., switches that route data communications to and from sleds within the pod).
  • the pod switches connect with spine switches 150 that switch communications among pods (e.g., the pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 ) in the data center 100 .
  • the sleds may be connected with a fabric using Intel Omni-Path technology.
  • resources within sleds in the data center 100 may be allocated to a group (referred to herein as a “managed node”) containing resources from one or more other sleds to be collectively utilized in the execution of a workload.
  • the workload can execute as if the resources belonging to the managed node were located on the same sled.
  • the resources in a managed node may even belong to sleds belonging to different racks, and even to different pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 .
  • Some resources of a single sled may be allocated to one managed node while other resources of the same sled are allocated to a different managed node (e.g., one processor assigned to one managed node and another processor of the same sled assigned to a different managed node).
  • the data center 100 By disaggregating resources to sleds comprised predominantly of a single type of resource (e.g., compute sleds comprising primarily compute resources, memory sleds containing primarily memory resources), and selectively allocating and deallocating the disaggregated resources to form a managed node assigned to execute a workload, the data center 100 provides more efficient resource usage over typical data centers comprised of hyperconverged servers containing compute, memory, storage and perhaps additional resources). As such, the data center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources.
  • compute sleds comprising primarily compute resources
  • the data center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources.
  • the pod 110 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a set of rows 200 , 210 , 220 , 230 of racks 240 .
  • Each rack 240 may house multiple sleds (e.g., sixteen sleds) and provide power and data connections to the housed sleds, as described in more detail herein.
  • the racks in each row 200 , 210 , 220 , 230 are connected to multiple pod switches 250 , 260 .
  • the pod switch 250 includes a set of ports 252 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and another set of ports 254 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150 to provide connectivity to other pods in the data center 100 .
  • the pod switch 260 includes a set of ports 262 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and a set of ports 264 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150 . As such, the use of the pair of switches 250 , 260 provides an amount of redundancy to the pod 110 .
  • the switches 150 , 250 , 260 may be embodied as dual-mode optical switches, capable of routing both Ethernet protocol communications carrying Internet Protocol (IP) packets and communications according to a second, high-performance link-layer protocol (e.g., Intel's Omni-Path Architecture's, Infiniband) via optical signaling media of an optical fabric.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • a second, high-performance link-layer protocol e.g., Intel's Omni-Path Architecture's, Infiniband
  • each of the other pods 120 , 130 , 140 may be similarly structured as, and have components similar to, the pod 110 shown in and described in regard to FIG. 2 (e.g., each pod may have rows of racks housing multiple sleds as described above). Additionally, while two pod switches 250 , 260 are shown, it should be understood that in other embodiments, each pod 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 may be connected to different number of pod switches (e.g., providing even more failover capacity).
  • each illustrative rack 240 of the data center 100 includes two elongated support posts 302 , 304 , which are arranged vertically.
  • the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may extend upwardly from a floor of the data center 100 when deployed.
  • the rack 240 also includes one or more horizontal pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (identified in FIG. 3 via a dashed ellipse) configured to support a sled of the data center 100 as discussed below.
  • One elongated support arm 312 of the pair of elongated support arms 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 302 and the other elongated support arm 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 304 .
  • each sled of the data center 100 is embodied as a chassis-less sled. That is, each sled has a chassis-less circuit board substrate on which physical resources (e.g., processors, memory, accelerators, storage, etc.) are mounted as discussed in more detail below.
  • the rack 240 is configured to receive the chassis-less sleds.
  • each pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 defines a sled slot 320 of the rack 240 , which is configured to receive a corresponding chassis-less sled.
  • each illustrative elongated support arm 312 includes a circuit board guide 330 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of the sled.
  • Each circuit board guide 330 is secured to, or otherwise mounted to, a top side 332 of the corresponding elongated support arm 312 .
  • each circuit board guide 330 is mounted at a distal end of the corresponding elongated support arm 312 relative to the corresponding elongated support post 302 , 304 .
  • not every circuit board guide 330 may be referenced in each Figure.
  • Each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of a sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 of the rack 240 .
  • a user aligns the chassis-less circuit board substrate of an illustrative chassis-less sled 400 to a sled slot 320 .
  • the user, or robot may then slide the chassis-less circuit board substrate forward into the sled slot 320 such that each side edge 414 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate is received in a corresponding circuit board slot 380 of the circuit board guides 330 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320 as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • each type of resource can be upgraded independently of each other and at their own optimized refresh rate.
  • the sleds are configured to blindly mate with power and data communication cables in each rack 240 , enhancing their ability to be quickly removed, upgraded, reinstalled, and/or replaced.
  • the data center 100 may operate (e.g., execute workloads, undergo maintenance and/or upgrades, etc.) without human involvement on the data center floor.
  • a human may facilitate one or more maintenance or upgrade operations in the data center 100 .
  • each circuit board guide 330 is dual sided. That is, each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 on each side of the circuit board guide 330 . In this way, each circuit board guide 330 can support a chassis-less circuit board substrate on either side. As such, a single additional elongated support post may be added to the rack 240 to turn the rack 240 into a two-rack solution that can hold twice as many sled slots 320 as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the illustrative rack 240 includes seven pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define a corresponding seven sled slots 320 , each configured to receive and support a corresponding sled 400 as discussed above.
  • the rack 240 may include additional or fewer pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (i.e., additional or fewer sled slots 320 ). It should be appreciated that because the sled 400 is chassis-less, the sled 400 may have an overall height that is different than typical servers. As such, in some embodiments, the height of each sled slot 320 may be shorter than the height of a typical server (e.g., shorter than a single rank unit, “1U”).
  • each of the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may have a length of six feet or less.
  • the rack 240 may have different dimensions.
  • the rack 240 does not include any walls, enclosures, or the like. Rather, the rack 240 is an enclosure-less rack that is opened to the local environment.
  • an end plate may be attached to one of the elongated support posts 302 , 304 in those situations in which the rack 240 forms an end-of-row rack in the data center 100 .
  • each elongated support post 302 , 304 includes an inner wall that defines an inner chamber in which the interconnect may be located.
  • the interconnects routed through the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may be embodied as any type of interconnects including, but not limited to, data or communication interconnects to provide communication connections to each sled slot 320 , power interconnects to provide power to each sled slot 320 , and/or other types of interconnects.
  • the rack 240 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a support platform on which a corresponding optical data connector (not shown) is mounted.
  • Each optical data connector is associated with a corresponding sled slot 320 and is configured to mate with an optical data connector of a corresponding sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 .
  • optical connections between components (e.g., sleds, racks, and switches) in the data center 100 are made with a blind mate optical connection.
  • a door on each cable may prevent dust from contaminating the fiber inside the cable.
  • the door is pushed open when the end of the cable enters the connector mechanism. Subsequently, the optical fiber inside the cable enters a gel within the connector mechanism and the optical fiber of one cable comes into contact with the optical fiber of another cable within the gel inside the connector mechanism.
  • the illustrative rack 240 also includes a fan array 370 coupled to the cross-support arms of the rack 240 .
  • the fan array 370 includes one or more rows of cooling fans 372 , which are aligned in a horizontal line between the elongated support posts 302 , 304 .
  • the fan array 370 includes a row of cooling fans 372 for each sled slot 320 of the rack 240 .
  • each sled 400 does not include any on-board cooling system in the illustrative embodiment and, as such, the fan array 370 provides cooling for each sled 400 received in the rack 240 .
  • Each rack 240 also includes a power supply associated with each sled slot 320 .
  • Each power supply is secured to one of the elongated support arms 312 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320 .
  • the rack 240 may include a power supply coupled or secured to each elongated support arm 312 extending from the elongated support post 302 .
  • Each power supply includes a power connector configured to mate with a power connector of the sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 .
  • the sled 400 does not include any on-board power supply and, as such, the power supplies provided in the rack 240 supply power to corresponding sleds 400 when mounted to the rack 240 .
  • each sled 400 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to be mounted in a corresponding rack 240 of the data center 100 as discussed above.
  • each sled 400 may be optimized or otherwise configured for performing particular tasks, such as compute tasks, acceleration tasks, data storage tasks, etc.
  • the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 8-9 , an accelerator sled 1000 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 10-11 , a storage sled 1200 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 12-13 , or as a sled optimized or otherwise configured to perform other specialized tasks, such as a memory sled 1400 , discussed below in regard to FIG. 14 .
  • the illustrative sled 400 includes a chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which supports various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) mounted thereon.
  • the circuit board substrate 602 is “chassis-less” in that the sled 400 does not include a housing or enclosure. Rather, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is open to the local environment.
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 may be formed from any material capable of supporting the various electrical components mounted thereon.
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is formed from an FR- 4 glass-reinforced epoxy laminate material. Of course, other materials may be used to form the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 in other embodiments.
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes multiple features that improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 does not include a housing or enclosure, which may improve the airflow over the electrical components of the sled 400 by reducing those structures that may inhibit air flow.
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is not positioned in an individual housing or enclosure, there is no backplane (e.g., a backplate of the chassis) to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which could inhibit air flow across the electrical components.
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a geometric shape configured to reduce the length of the airflow path across the electrical components mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the illustrative chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width 604 that is greater than a depth 606 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width of about 21 inches and a depth of about 9 inches, compared to a typical server that has a width of about 17 inches and a depth of about 39 inches.
  • an airflow path 608 that extends from a front edge 610 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 toward a rear edge 612 has a shorter distance relative to typical servers, which may improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the sled 400 .
  • the various physical resources mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 are mounted in corresponding locations such that no two substantively heat-producing electrical components shadow each other as discussed in more detail below.
  • no two electrical components which produce appreciable heat during operation (i.e., greater than a nominal heat sufficient enough to adversely impact the cooling of another electrical component), are mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 linearly in-line with each other along the direction of the airflow path 608 (i.e., along a direction extending from the front edge 610 toward the rear edge 612 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 ).
  • the illustrative sled 400 includes one or more physical resources 620 mounted to a top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the physical resources 620 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or other compute circuit capable of performing various tasks such as compute functions and/or controlling the functions of the sled 400 depending on, for example, the type or intended functionality of the sled 400 .
  • the physical resources 620 may be embodied as high-performance processors in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a compute sled, as accelerator co-processors or circuits in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as an accelerator sled, storage controllers in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a storage sled, or a set of memory devices in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a memory sled.
  • the sled 400 also includes one or more additional physical resources 630 mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the additional physical resources include a network interface controller (NIC) as discussed in more detail below.
  • NIC network interface controller
  • the physical resources 630 may include additional or other electrical components, circuits, and/or devices in other embodiments.
  • the physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the physical resources 630 via an input/output (I/O) subsystem 622 .
  • the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the physical resources 620 , the physical resources 630 , and/or other components of the sled 400 .
  • the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations.
  • the I/O subsystem 622 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a double data rate 4 (DDR4) data bus or a DDRS data bus.
  • DDR4 double data rate 4
  • the sled 400 may also include a resource-to-resource interconnect 624 .
  • the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating resource-to-resource communications.
  • the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
  • the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to resource-to-resource communications.
  • QPI QuickPath Interconnect
  • UPI UltraPath Interconnect
  • the sled 400 also includes a power connector 640 configured to mate with a corresponding power connector of the rack 240 when the sled 400 is mounted in the corresponding rack 240 .
  • the sled 400 receives power from a power supply of the rack 240 via the power connector 640 to supply power to the various electrical components of the sled 400 . That is, the sled 400 does not include any local power supply (i.e., an on-board power supply) to provide power to the electrical components of the sled 400 .
  • the exclusion of a local or on-board power supply facilitates the reduction in the overall footprint of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which may increase the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above.
  • power is provided to the processors 820 through vias directly under the processors 820 (e.g., through the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 ), providing an increased thermal budget, additional current and/or voltage, and better voltage control over typical boards.
  • the sled 400 may also include mounting features 642 configured to mate with a mounting arm, or other structure, of a robot to facilitate the placement of the sled 600 in a rack 240 by the robot.
  • the mounting features 642 may be embodied as any type of physical structures that allow the robot to grasp the sled 400 without damaging the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 or the electrical components mounted thereto.
  • the mounting features 642 may be embodied as non-conductive pads attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the mounting features may be embodied as brackets, braces, or other similar structures attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the particular number, shape, size, and/or make-up of the mounting feature 642 may depend on the design of the robot configured to manage the sled 400 .
  • the sled 400 in addition to the physical resources 630 mounted on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , the sled 400 also includes one or more memory devices 720 mounted to a bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . That is, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board.
  • the physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the memory devices 720 via the I/O subsystem 622 .
  • the physical resources 620 and the memory devices 720 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • Each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to each memory devices 720 .
  • the memory devices 720 may be embodied as any type of memory device capable of storing data for the physical resources 620 during operation of the sled 400 , such as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory.
  • Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium.
  • Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static random access memory (SRAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org).
  • LPDDR Low Power DDR
  • Such standards may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
  • the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies.
  • a memory device may also include next-generation nonvolatile devices, such as Intel 3D XPointTM memory or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices.
  • the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory.
  • PCM Phase Change Memory
  • MRAM magnetoresistive random access memory
  • MRAM magnetoresistive random access memory
  • STT spin transfer torque
  • the memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
  • the memory device may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
  • the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800 .
  • the compute sled 800 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform compute tasks.
  • the compute sled 800 may rely on other sleds, such as acceleration sleds and/or storage sleds, to perform such compute tasks.
  • the compute sled 800 includes various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) similar to the physical resources of the sled 400 , which have been identified in FIG. 8 using the same reference numbers.
  • the description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6 and 7 applies to the corresponding components of the compute sled 800 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the compute sled 800 .
  • the physical resources 620 are embodied as processors 820 . Although only two processors 820 are shown in FIG. 8 , it should be appreciated that the compute sled 800 may include additional processors 820 in other embodiments.
  • the processors 820 are embodied as high-performance processors 820 and may be configured to operate at a relatively high power rating. Although the processors 820 generate additional heat operating at power ratings greater than typical processors (which operate at around 155-230 W), the enhanced thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above facilitate the higher power operation.
  • the processors 820 are configured to operate at a power rating of at least 250 W. In some embodiments, the processors 820 may be configured to operate at a power rating of at least 350 W.
  • the compute sled 800 may also include a processor-to-processor interconnect 842 .
  • the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating processor-to-processor interconnect 842 communications.
  • the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
  • processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • QPI QuickPath Interconnect
  • UPI UltraPath Interconnect
  • point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • the compute sled 800 also includes a communication circuit 830 .
  • the illustrative communication circuit 830 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 832 , which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI).
  • NIC network interface controller
  • HFI host fabric interface
  • the NIC 832 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, any type of integrated circuit, discrete circuits, controller chips, chipsets, add-in-boards, daughtercards, network interface cards, other devices that may be used by the compute sled 800 to connect with another compute device (e.g., with other sleds 400 ).
  • the NIC 832 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors.
  • the NIC 832 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 832 .
  • the local processor of the NIC 832 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the processors 820 .
  • the local memory of the NIC 832 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
  • the communication circuit 830 is communicatively coupled to an optical data connector 834 .
  • the optical data connector 834 is configured to mate with a corresponding optical data connector of the rack 240 when the compute sled 800 is mounted in the rack 240 .
  • the optical data connector 834 includes a plurality of optical fibers which lead from a mating surface of the optical data connector 834 to an optical transceiver 836 .
  • the optical transceiver 836 is configured to convert incoming optical signals from the rack-side optical data connector to electrical signals and to convert electrical signals to outgoing optical signals to the rack-side optical data connector.
  • the optical transceiver 836 may form a portion of the communication circuit 830 in other embodiments.
  • the compute sled 800 may also include an expansion connector 840 .
  • the expansion connector 840 is configured to mate with a corresponding connector of an expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate to provide additional physical resources to the compute sled 800 .
  • the additional physical resources may be used, for example, by the processors 820 during operation of the compute sled 800 .
  • the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may be substantially similar to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above and may include various electrical components mounted thereto. The particular electrical components mounted to the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may depend on the intended functionality of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate.
  • the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may provide additional compute resources, memory resources, and/or storage resources.
  • the additional physical resources of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may include, but is not limited to, processors, memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • processors memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
  • security co-processors graphics processing units (GPUs)
  • GPUs graphics processing units
  • machine learning circuits or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • the processors 820 , communication circuit 830 , and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • Any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the physical resources of the compute sled 800 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the various physical resources may be mounted in corresponding sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, or brackets.
  • some of the electrical components may be directly mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 via soldering or similar techniques.
  • the individual processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other.
  • the processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those physical resources are linearly in-line with others along the direction of the airflow path 608 .
  • the optical data connector 834 is in-line with the communication circuit 830 , the optical data connector 834 produces no or nominal heat during operation.
  • the memory devices 720 of the compute sled 800 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400 . Although mounted to the bottom side 750 , the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the processors 820 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 . Because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the processors 820 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . Of course, each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments.
  • each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to each memory device 720 .
  • the memory devices 720 may be mounted to one or more memory mezzanines on the bottom side of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 and may interconnect with a corresponding processor 820 through a ball-grid array.
  • Each of the processors 820 includes a heatsink 850 secured thereto. Due to the mounting of the memory devices 720 to the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 (as well as the vertical spacing of the sleds 400 in the corresponding rack 240 ), the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes additional “free” area or space that facilitates the use of heatsinks 850 having a larger size relative to traditional heatsinks used in typical servers. Additionally, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , none of the processor heatsinks 850 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 850 is embodied as a fan-less heatsinks.
  • the sled 400 may be embodied as an accelerator sled 1000 .
  • the accelerator sled 1000 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform specialized compute tasks, such as machine learning, encryption, hashing, or other computational-intensive task.
  • a compute sled 800 may offload tasks to the accelerator sled 1000 during operation.
  • the accelerator sled 1000 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 10 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the accelerator sled 1000 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the accelerator sled 1000 .
  • the physical resources 620 are embodied as accelerator circuits 1020 .
  • the accelerator sled 1000 may include additional accelerator circuits 1020 in other embodiments.
  • the accelerator sled 1000 may include four accelerator circuits 1020 in some embodiments.
  • the accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as any type of processor, co-processor, compute circuit, or other device capable of performing compute or processing operations.
  • the accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
  • GPUs graphics processing units
  • machine learning circuits or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • the accelerator sled 1000 may also include an accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 . Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 600 discussed above, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating accelerator-to-accelerator communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
  • the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • the accelerator circuits 1020 may be daisy-chained with a primary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through the I/O subsystem 622 and a secondary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through a primary accelerator circuit 1020 .
  • FIG. 11 an illustrative embodiment of the accelerator sled 1000 is shown.
  • the accelerator circuits 1020 , communication circuit 830 , and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • the individual accelerator circuits 1020 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other as discussed above.
  • the memory devices 720 of the accelerator sled 1000 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 600 .
  • each of the accelerator circuits 1020 may include a heatsink 1070 that is larger than a traditional heatsink used in a server. As discussed above with reference to the heatsinks 870 , the heatsinks 1070 may be larger than tradition heatsinks because of the “free” area provided by the memory devices 750 being located on the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 rather than on the top side 650 .
  • the sled 400 may be embodied as a storage sled 1200 .
  • the storage sled 1200 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to store data in a data storage 1250 local to the storage sled 1200 .
  • a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may store and retrieve data from the data storage 1250 of the storage sled 1200 .
  • the storage sled 1200 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 12 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7 , and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the storage sled 1200 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the storage sled 1200 .
  • the physical resources 620 are embodied as storage controllers 1220 . Although only two storage controllers 1220 are shown in FIG. 12 , it should be appreciated that the storage sled 1200 may include additional storage controllers 1220 in other embodiments.
  • the storage controllers 1220 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the storage and retrieval of data into the data storage 1250 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830 .
  • the storage controllers 1220 are embodied as relatively low-power processors or controllers.
  • the storage controllers 1220 may be configured to operate at a power rating of about 75 watts.
  • the storage sled 1200 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 .
  • the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications.
  • the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
  • controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • QPI QuickPath Interconnect
  • UPI UltraPath Interconnect
  • point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • the data storage 1250 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a storage cage 1252 configured to house one or more solid state drives (SSDs) 1254 .
  • the storage cage 1252 includes a number of mounting slots 1256 , each of which is configured to receive a corresponding solid state drive 1254 .
  • Each of the mounting slots 1256 includes a number of drive guides 1258 that cooperate to define an access opening 1260 of the corresponding mounting slot 1256 .
  • the storage cage 1252 is secured to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that the access openings face away from (i.e., toward the front of) the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • solid state drives 1254 are accessible while the storage sled 1200 is mounted in a corresponding rack 204 .
  • a solid state drive 1254 may be swapped out of a rack 240 (e.g., via a robot) while the storage sled 1200 remains mounted in the corresponding rack 240 .
  • the storage cage 1252 illustratively includes sixteen mounting slots 1256 and is capable of mounting and storing sixteen solid state drives 1254 .
  • the storage cage 1252 may be configured to store additional or fewer solid state drives 1254 in other embodiments.
  • the solid state drivers are mounted vertically in the storage cage 1252 , but may be mounted in the storage cage 1252 in a different orientation in other embodiments.
  • Each solid state drive 1254 may be embodied as any type of data storage device capable of storing long term data. To do so, the solid state drives 1254 may include volatile and non-volatile memory devices discussed above.
  • the storage controllers 1220 , the communication circuit 830 , and the optical data connector 834 are illustratively mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
  • any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the electrical components of the storage sled 1200 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 including, for example, sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, brackets, soldered connections, and/or other mounting or securing techniques.
  • the individual storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other.
  • the storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those electrical components are linearly in-line with other along the direction of the airflow path 608 .
  • the memory devices 720 of the storage sled 1200 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400 . Although mounted to the bottom side 750 , the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the storage controllers 1220 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 . Again, because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the storage controllers 1220 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . Each of the storage controllers 1220 includes a heatsink 1270 secured thereto.
  • each of the heatsinks 1270 includes cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 1270 is embodied as a fan-less heatsink.
  • the sled 400 may be embodied as a memory sled 1400 .
  • the storage sled 1400 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to provide other sleds 400 (e.g., compute sleds 800 , accelerator sleds 1000 , etc.) with access to a pool of memory (e.g., in two or more sets 1430 , 1432 of memory devices 720 ) local to the memory sled 1200 .
  • a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may remotely write to and/or read from one or more of the memory sets 1430 , 1432 of the memory sled 1200 using a logical address space that maps to physical addresses in the memory sets 1430 , 1432 .
  • the memory sled 1400 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 14 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the memory sled 1400 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the memory sled 1400 .
  • the physical resources 620 are embodied as memory controllers 1420 . Although only two memory controllers 1420 are shown in FIG. 14 , it should be appreciated that the memory sled 1400 may include additional memory controllers 1420 in other embodiments.
  • the memory controllers 1420 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the writing and reading of data into the memory sets 1430 , 1432 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830 .
  • each storage controller 1220 is connected to a corresponding memory set 1430 , 1432 to write to and read from memory devices 720 within the corresponding memory set 1430 , 1432 and enforce any permissions (e.g., read, write, etc.) associated with sled 400 that has sent a request to the memory sled 1400 to perform a memory access operation (e.g., read or write).
  • a memory access operation e.g., read or write
  • the memory sled 1400 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 .
  • the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications.
  • the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
  • the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • a memory controller 1420 may access, through the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 , memory that is within the memory set 1432 associated with another memory controller 1420 .
  • a scalable memory controller is made of multiple smaller memory controllers, referred to herein as “chiplets”, on a memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1400 ).
  • the chiplets may be interconnected (e.g., using EMIB (Embedded Multi-Die Interconnect Bridge)).
  • the combined chiplet memory controller may scale up to a relatively large number of memory controllers and I/O ports, (e.g., up to 16 memory channels).
  • the memory controllers 1420 may implement a memory interleave (e.g., one memory address is mapped to the memory set 1430 , the next memory address is mapped to the memory set 1432 , and the third address is mapped to the memory set 1430 , etc.).
  • the interleaving may be managed within the memory controllers 1420 , or from CPU sockets (e.g., of the compute sled 800 ) across network links to the memory sets 1430 , 1432 , and may improve the latency associated with performing memory access operations as compared to accessing contiguous memory addresses from the same memory device.
  • the memory sled 1400 may be connected to one or more other sleds 400 (e.g., in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 ) through a waveguide, using the waveguide connector 1480 .
  • the waveguides are 64 millimeter waveguides that provide 16 Rx (i.e., receive) lanes and 16 Rt (i.e., transmit) lanes.
  • Each lane in the illustrative embodiment, is either 16 Ghz or 32 Ghz. In other embodiments, the frequencies may be different.
  • Using a waveguide may provide high throughput access to the memory pool (e.g., the memory sets 1430 , 1432 ) to another sled (e.g., a sled 400 in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400 ) without adding to the load on the optical data connector 834 .
  • the memory pool e.g., the memory sets 1430 , 1432
  • another sled e.g., a sled 400 in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400
  • the system 1510 includes an orchestrator server 1520 , which may be embodied as a managed node comprising a compute device (e.g., a compute sled 800 ) executing management software (e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack) that is communicatively coupled to multiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each similar to the compute sled 800 ), memory sleds 1540 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1400 ), accelerator sleds 1550 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1000 ), and storage sleds 1560 (e.g., each similar to the storage sled 1200 ).
  • a compute device e.g., a compute sled 800
  • management software e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack
  • multiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each
  • One or more of the sleds 1530 , 1540 , 1550 , 1560 may be grouped into a managed node 1570 , such as by the orchestrator server 1520 , to collectively perform a workload (e.g., an application 1532 executed in a virtual machine or in a container).
  • the managed node 1570 may be embodied as an assembly of physical resources 620 , such as processors 820 , memory resources 720 , accelerator circuits 1020 , or data storage 1250 , from the same or different sleds 400 .
  • the managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1520 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node.
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may selectively allocate and/or deallocate physical resources 620 from the sleds 400 and/or add or remove one or more sleds 400 from the managed node 1570 as a function of quality of service (QoS) targets (e.g., performance targets associated with a throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) associated with a service level agreement for the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ).
  • QoS quality of service
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may receive telemetry data indicative of performance conditions (e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) in each sled 400 of the managed node 1570 and compare the telemetry data to the quality of service targets to determine whether the quality of service targets are being satisfied. If the so, the orchestrator server 1520 may additionally determine whether one or more physical resources may be deallocated from the managed node 1570 while still satisfying the QoS targets, thereby freeing up those physical resources for use in another managed node (e.g., to execute a different workload). Alternatively, if the QoS targets are not presently satisfied, the orchestrator server 1520 may determine to dynamically allocate additional physical resources to assist in the execution of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ) while the workload is executing
  • performance conditions e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may identify trends in the resource utilization of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ), such as by identifying phases of execution (e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed) of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ) and pre-emptively identifying available resources in the data center 100 and allocating them to the managed node 1570 (e.g., within a predefined time period of the associated phase beginning).
  • phases of execution e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may model performance based on various latencies and a distribution scheme to place workloads among compute sleds and other resources (e.g., accelerator sleds, memory sleds, storage sleds) in the data center 100 .
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize a model that accounts for the performance of resources on the sleds 400 (e.g., FPGA performance, memory access latency, etc.) and the performance (e.g., congestion, latency, bandwidth) of the path through the network to the resource (e.g., FPGA).
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may determine which resource(s) should be used with which workloads based on the total latency associated with each potential resource available in the data center 100 (e.g., the latency associated with the performance of the resource itself in addition to the latency associated with the path through the network between the compute sled executing the workload and the sled 400 on which the resource is located).
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may generate a map of heat generation in the data center 100 using telemetry data (e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.) reported from the sleds 400 and allocate resources to managed nodes as a function of the map of heat generation and predicted heat generation associated with different workloads, to maintain a target temperature and heat distribution in the data center 100 .
  • telemetry data e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may organize received telemetry data into a hierarchical model that is indicative of a relationship between the managed nodes (e.g., a spatial relationship such as the physical locations of the resources of the managed nodes within the data center 100 and/or a functional relationship, such as groupings of the managed nodes by the customers the managed nodes provide services for, the types of functions typically performed by the managed nodes, managed nodes that typically share or exchange workloads among each other, etc.). Based on differences in the physical locations and resources in the managed nodes, a given workload may exhibit different resource utilizations (e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity) across the resources of different managed nodes.
  • resource utilizations e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may determine the differences based on the telemetry data stored in the hierarchical model and factor the differences into a prediction of future resource utilization of a workload if the workload is reassigned from one managed node to another managed node, to accurately balance resource utilization in the data center 100 .
  • the orchestrator server 1520 may send self-test information to the sleds 400 to enable each sled 400 to locally (e.g., on the sled 400 ) determine whether telemetry data generated by the sled 400 satisfies one or more conditions (e.g., an available capacity that satisfies a predefined threshold, a temperature that satisfies a predefined threshold, etc.). Each sled 400 may then report back a simplified result (e.g., yes or no) to the orchestrator server 1520 , which the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize in determining the allocation of resources to managed nodes.
  • a simplified result e.g., yes or no
  • a system 1610 similar to the system 1510 , for interleaving memory across one or more shared memory pools includes an orchestrator server 1620 communicatively coupled to multiple sleds.
  • the sleds include a set of compute sleds 1630 , which includes compute sleds 1632 and 1634 .
  • the sleds also include memory sleds 1640 and 1650 .
  • Each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 include a memory controller used to connect with byte-addressable memory devices residing on the respective sled.
  • the memory controllers on the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 may form a memory pool controller 1660 .
  • the memory controller of a single memory sled may form the memory pool controller 1660 (e.g., while still servicing multiple compute sleds 1632 , 1634 ). Further, the memory devices on each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 together may form a memory pool 1670 .
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may include access control logic that selectively provides access to memory within the memory pool 1670 to the compute sleds 1630 , for use by workloads executed by the compute sleds 1630 .
  • One or more of the sleds 1630 or 1640 may be grouped into a managed node, such as by the orchestrator server 1620 , to collectively perform one or more workloads, such as in virtual machines or containers, on behalf of a user of the client device 1614 .
  • a managed node may be embodied as an assembly of resources, such as compute resources, memory resources, storage resources, or other resources, from the same or different sleds or racks. Further, a managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1620 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may support a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack.
  • the memory sled 1640 establishes address spaces in the memory pool 1670 for use by each compute sled 1630 in the execution of the workloads.
  • the memory sled 1640 may enable multiple of the compute sleds 1630 to access the same memory regions (e.g., memory at the same physical memory address), thereby eliminating the requirement for the compute sleds 1630 to maintain local copies of the data in their local memory.
  • the memory sled 1640 may exclude compute sleds 1630 from accessing certain data in the memory that (e.g., data utilized by a given workload that is unrelated to other workloads).
  • the system 1610 enables more efficient use of memory among multiple compute devices (e.g., compute sled 1630 ) in a data center as compared to typical systems.
  • the memory pool 1670 and the compute sleds 1630 utilize memory interleaving (e.g., utilizing a contiguous address space that maps to alternate memory devices) to increase the speed at which memory access operations are performed, thereby improving the speed at which workloads are executed.
  • the compute sled 1632 includes central processing units (CPUs) 1680 and 1682 , and the compute sled 1634 includes CPUs 1684 and 1686 .
  • each of the CPUs 1680 , 1682 , 1684 , and 1686 are connected with the memory pool controller 1660 through a primary link (e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.) 1690 , 1692 , 1694 , 1696 between the CPU and the memory pool controller 1660 .
  • a primary link e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.
  • each of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 may communicate with one another, such as through an interconnect bus.
  • Each compute sled 1630 may determine an interleaving configuration that alternates communication links from a given CPU to the memory pool controller 1660 .
  • the interleaving configuration may expose a memory address space local to a given compute sled 1630 , where a first memory address uses a first communication link, a second memory address (e.g., immediately following the first memory address) uses a second communication link, a third memory address (e.g., immediately following the second memory address) uses the first communication link, and so on, such that the accesses to sequential memory addresses actually result in data access operations occurring on different communication links.
  • the memory pool controller 1660 also may interleave access across the various memory devices of the memory pool 1670 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may send a request to the memory pool controller 1660 to allocate one or more memory address ranges to a compute sled 1630 .
  • the request may specify various parameters, such as an amount of memory to be allocated to the compute sled 1630 , memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , whether to enable memory interleaving, and the like.
  • the memory pool controller 1660 determines an interleaving configuration based on one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , such as bandwidth characteristics of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 and/or a Quality of Service (QoS) target associated with a group of customers having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may select, as a function of the determined interleaving configuration, a subset of memory devices in the memory pool 1670 for access by the compute sled 1630 . Further, the memory pool controller 1660 may then expose a memory address space to the compute sled 1630 that interleaves read/write access to each of the subset of memory devices.
  • the memory devices of the subset may have characteristics that satisfy QoS targets.
  • the subset may include memory devices that provide for relatively quick read/write access. For example, a given memory address may map to a location on a first memory device, followed by a subsequent memory address mapping to a location on a second memory device, and so on, such that each memory address is mapped in an interleaved fashion to each of the subset of memory devices.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may adjust the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may obtain telemetry data associated with the compute sled 1630 to the memory pool 1670 relating to memory access under the present interleaving configuration.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate the data against one or more QoS targets to determine whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS targets.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may measure a memory throughput associated with the compute sled 1630 relative to the memory pool 1670 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate whether the memory throughput falls below, is within, or exceeds a QoS target for the memory throughput.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may, based on the evaluation, modify the interleaving configuration of the memory pool 1670 for the compute sled 1630 such that the memory throughput is within the target QoS. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620 may cause the memory sled 1640 to include additional memory devices in the interleaving configuration, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally higher access speed, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally lower access speed, and the like.
  • a compute sled 1630 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving an allocation of memory addresses to the memory pool 1670 , determining a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more CPU memory links, configuring the memory interleaving as a function of the determination, and performing read/write operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 using the configured interleaving.
  • the illustrative compute sled 1630 includes a compute engine 1702 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1708 , communication circuitry 1710 , and one or more data storage devices 1714 .
  • the compute sled 1630 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.), such as peripheral devices.
  • one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • the compute engine 1702 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below.
  • the compute engine 1702 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, an FPGA, a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device.
  • the compute engine 1702 includes or is embodied as a processor 1704 and a memory 1706 .
  • the processor 1704 may be embodied as one or more processors, each processor being a type capable of performing the functions described herein.
  • the processor 1704 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit.
  • the processor 1704 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an ASIC, reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein.
  • the processor 1704 includes a memory interleave logic unit 1720 , which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., a processor, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), etc.) capable of configuring memory links of the processor 1704 according to a determined interleaving configuration.
  • the memory 1706 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein.
  • Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium.
  • Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as DRAM or static random access memory (SRAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org).
  • LPDDR Low Power DDR
  • Such standards may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
  • the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies.
  • a memory device may also include future generation nonvolatile devices, such as a three dimensional crosspoint memory device (e.g., Intel 3D XPointTM memory), or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices.
  • the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory.
  • the memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
  • 3D crosspoint memory may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
  • all or a portion of the memory 1706 may be integrated into the processor 1704 .
  • the memory 1706 may store various software and data (e.g., memory map data, interleave policy data) used during operation of the compute sled in the system 1610 .
  • the compute engine 1702 is communicatively coupled with other components of other compute sleds 1630 and the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 via the I/O subsystem 1708 , which may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with the processor 1704 and/or the memory 1706 ) and other components of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with the processor 1704 and/or the memory 1706 ) and other components of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations.
  • the I/O subsystem 1708 may form a portion of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) and be incorporated, along with one or more of the processor 1704 , the memory 1706 , and other components of the compute sled 1630 , into the compute engine 1702 .
  • SoC system-on-a-chip
  • the communication circuitry 1710 may be embodied as any communication circuit, device, or collection thereof, capable of enabling communications over the network 1612 between the compute sled 1630 and another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , memory sleds 1640 and 1650 , etc.).
  • the communication circuitry 1710 may be configured to use any one or more communication technology (e.g., wired or wireless communications) and associated protocols (e.g., Ethernet, Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi®, WiMAX, etc.) to effect such communication.
  • the illustrative communication circuitry 1710 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 1712 , which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI).
  • NIC network interface controller
  • HFI host fabric interface
  • the NIC 1712 may be embodied as one or more add-in-boards, daughter cards, network interface cards, controller chips, chipsets, or other devices that may be used by the compute sled 1630 to connect with another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.).
  • the NIC 1712 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors.
  • SoC system-on-a-chip
  • the NIC 1712 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 1712 .
  • the local processor of the NIC 1712 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the compute engine 1702 described herein.
  • the local memory of the NIC 1712 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled 1630 at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
  • the one or more illustrative data storage devices 1714 may be embodied as any type of devices configured for short-term or long-term storage of data such as, for example, memory devices and circuits, memory cards, hard disk drives (HDDs), solid-state drives (SSDs), or other data storage devices.
  • Each data storage device 1714 may include a system partition that stores data and firmware code for the data storage device 1714 .
  • Each data storage device 1714 may also include an operating system partition that stores data files and executables for an operating system.
  • the memory sled 1640 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving a request to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to a compute sled (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630 ), determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , and configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • a compute sled e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630
  • determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630
  • configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • the illustrative memory sled 1640 includes a compute engine 1802 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1804 , and communication circuitry 1806 .
  • the memory sled 1640 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • the compute engine 1802 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below.
  • the compute engine 1802 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device.
  • the compute engine 1802 includes or is embodied as the memory pool controller 1660 and the memory pool 1670 (also referred to herein as memory).
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as any type of device or circuitry capable of performing the functions described herein.
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit.
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the memory pool controller 1660 includes one or more channel interleave logic units 1820 , which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., processor(s), ASICs, FPGAs, etc.) capable of selectively enabling access (e.g., read access and/or write access) to regions of memory addresses of the memory 1670 to each compute sled 1630 , each memory address mapping to a memory device of the memory pool 1670 in an interleaved manner
  • the memory 1670 may be embodied as multiple (e.g., a pool of) memory devices of the types described with reference to the memory 1706 .
  • the compute engine 1802 is communicatively coupled to other components of the memory sled 1640 via the I/O subsystem 1804 , which is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
  • the I/O subsystem 1804 in addition to facilitating communications between the compute engine 1802 and other components of the memory sled 1640 , also facilitates communication with the CPUs 1680 , 1682 , 1684 , 1686 of the compute sleds 1630 through the links 1690 , 1692 , 1694 , 1696 .
  • the communication circuitry 1806 may be similar to the communication circuitry 1710 of the compute sled 1630 and, in the illustrative embodiment, further includes a NIC 1808 , which may be used to receive management communications from the orchestrator server 1620 .
  • the memory sled 1640 may also include one or more data storage devices 1810 , which may be similar to the data storage devices 1714 described relative to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including determining a target QoS for the compute sled 1630 , determining whether a presently configured interleaving configuration on the compute sled 1630 satisfies the target QoS, and modifying the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • the illustrative orchestrator server 1620 includes a compute engine 1902 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1908 , communication circuitry 1910 , and one or more data storage devices 1914 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • the compute engine 1902 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below, and is similar to the compute engine 1702 of FIG. 17 .
  • the processor 1904 may be embodied as one or more processors, and is similar to the processor 1704 described relative to FIG. 17 .
  • the memory 1906 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., DRAM, etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. In operation, the memory 1906 may store various software and data used during operation.
  • the I/O subsystem 1908 is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
  • the communication circuitry 1910 which, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a NIC 1912 , is similar to the communication circuitry 1710 and NIC 1712 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Additionally, the data storage devices 1914 are similar to the data storage devices 1714 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
  • the memory sled 1650 and client device 1614 may have components similar to those described in FIGS. 17-19 . Further, it should be appreciated that any of the memory sleds 1640 , 1650 , the compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , or the client device 1614 may include other components, sub-components, and devices commonly found in a computing device, which are not discussed above in reference to the compute sled 1630 , memory sled 1640 , and orchestrator server 1620 and not discussed herein for clarity of the description.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 , the sleds 1630 , 1640 , 1650 , and the client device 1614 are illustratively in communication via the network 1612 , which may be embodied as any type of wired or wireless communication network, including global networks (e.g., the Internet), local area networks (LANs) or wide area networks (WANs), cellular networks (e.g., Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), 3G, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), etc.), digital subscriber line (DSL) networks, cable networks (e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.), or any combination thereof.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • DSL digital subscriber line
  • cable networks e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.
  • the memory sled 1640 may establish an environment 2000 during operation.
  • the illustrative environment 2000 includes a network communicator 2020 and a memory access manager 2030 .
  • Each of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • one or more of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2020 , memory access manager circuitry 2030 , etc.).
  • one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2020 or memory access manager circuitry 2030 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1802 , the memory pool controller 1660 , the memory 1670 , the communication circuitry 1806 , the I/O subsystem 1804 and/or other components of the memory sled 1640 .
  • the environment 1800 includes memory map data 2002 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of physical addresses of the memory 1670 and corresponding logical addresses (e.g., addresses used by the memory pool controller 1660 and the compute sleds 1630 that are mapped to all or a subset of the physical addresses).
  • the environment 2000 also includes interleave policy data 2004 , which may be embodied any data defining policies for interleaving a memory address space relative to memory device access associated with one or more compute sleds 1630 .
  • the illustrative environment 2000 also includes remotely accessible data 2006 which may be embodied as any data present in the memory 1670 that is available to (e.g., within an address space) provided to one or more corresponding compute sleds 1630 .
  • the network communicator 2020 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the memory sled 1640 , respectively.
  • the network communicator 2020 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.).
  • a computing device or system e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.
  • at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2020 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1806 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the
  • the memory access manager 2030 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630 , where the memory addresses are configured according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like).
  • the memory access manager 2030 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a memory mapper 2032 , an interleaver 2034 , a data writer 2036 , and a data reader 2038 .
  • the memory mapper 2032 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to receive an allocation request from a remote compute device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 or the orchestrator server 1620 ) to allocate one or more regions of pooled byte-addressable (e.g., addressable by one or more bytes, less than a block) memory (e.g., the memory 1670 ) to one or more compute sleds 1630 and produce address space data for each compute sled indicative of the pooled byte-addressable memory accessible to the compute sled.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , may specify an amount of memory to be allocated on the compute sled 1630 .
  • the pooled byte-addressable memory corresponds to each of the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 (e.g., the entire memory pool 1670 ). Further, the memory mapper 2032 is configured to verify parameters of any memory access or allocation requests from the compute sled 1630 .
  • the interleaver 2034 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2004 and determine, as a function of the evaluation, an interleaving configuration of the address space data produced by the memory mapper 2032 .
  • the interleave policy data 2004 may specify subsets of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 to interleave based on memory characteristics and QoS targets of the compute sled 1630 , such as whether to use a given amount of memory devices, a given type of memory, and the like.
  • the interleaver 2034 configures the address space data according to the interleaving configuration. For instance, the interleaver 2034 may map the address space data to the one or more compute sleds such that each successive memory address maps to a different memory device via memory channels connecting with the memory devices.
  • the data writer 2036 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to write data to the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630 ) to perform a write operation at a memory address associated with the request.
  • the data reader 2038 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to read data from the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630 ) to perform a read operation at a memory address associated with the request.
  • each of the memory mapper 2032 , the interleaver 2034 , the data writer 2036 , and the data reader 2038 may be separately embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof.
  • the memory mapper 2032 and interleaver 2034 may be embodied as hardware components
  • the data writer 2036 and the data reader 2038 are embodied as virtualized hardware components or as some other combination of hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof.
  • the compute sled 1630 may establish an environment 2100 during operation.
  • the illustrative environment 2100 includes a network communicator 2120 and a memory interleaver 2130 .
  • Each of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • one or more of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2120 , memory interleaver circuitry 2130 , etc.).
  • one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2120 or memory interleaver circuitry 2130 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1702 , processor 1704 , the main memory 1706 , the communication circuitry 1710 , the I/O subsystem 1708 and/or other components of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the environment 2100 includes memory map data 2102 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between memory links of the processor 1704 to a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the environment 2100 also includes interleave policy data 2104 , which may be embodied as policies for interleaving access to the logical address space via the memory links.
  • the network communicator 2120 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the compute sled 1630 , respectively.
  • inbound and outbound network communications e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.
  • the network communicator 2120 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., memory sleds 1640 and 1650 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2120 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1710 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1712 .
  • the memory interleaver 2130 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630 , where the memory addresses are mapped according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, the memory interleaver 2130 includes a receiver component 2132 , an evaluation component 2134 , and a configuration component 2136 .
  • the receiver component 2132 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to obtain an allocation of memory addresses associated with the memory pool 1670 . More particularly, the receiver component 2132 may receive a notification from the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) of an allocation of logical memory address regions that provide access to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 . For instance, the memory sled 1640 may allocate the logical memory address regions in response to a request, such as from the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , or from the compute sled 1630 itself.
  • the evaluation component 2134 in the illustrative embodiment is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2104 to determine an interleaving configuration for accessing each of the allocated memory addresses.
  • the interleave policy data 2104 may specify whether to use an n-way interleaving scheme to satisfy workload requirements.
  • the interleave policy data 2104 may specify an amount of memory links from a given processor 1704 to use to access the memory devices at the allocated memory addresses.
  • the configuration component 2136 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to assign the allocated memory addresses to the memory links according to the evaluated interleave policy data 2104 .
  • the evaluation component 2134 may determine that a 2-way interleaving should be used in view of the evaluated interleave policy data 2104 and performance targets (e.g., pursuant to a service level agreement) of one or more workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 .
  • the configuration component 2136 may specify a mapping (e.g., in the memory map data 2102 ) of a memory link A of the processor 1704 to a first address in the address space, memory link B to a second address, and so on, such that links A and B alternate in mapping for each successive allocated memory address.
  • the memory interleaver 2130 (or other component on the compute sled 1630 ) may perform memory access operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 under the present interleaving configuration.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may establish an environment 2200 during operation.
  • the illustrative environment 2200 includes a network communicator 2220 and a resource manager 2230 .
  • Each of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • one or more of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2220 , resource manager circuitry 2230 , etc.).
  • one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2220 or resource manager circuitry 2230 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1902 , the processor 1904 , the main memory 1906 , the communication circuitry 1910 , the I/O subsystem 1908 and/or other components of the orchestrator server 1620 .
  • the environment 2200 includes memory map data 2202 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the environment 2200 also includes QoS data 2204 , which may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a given compute sled 1630 , user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on the compute sled 1630 .
  • QoS data 2204 may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a given compute sled 1630 , user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on the compute sled 1630 .
  • the network communicator 2220 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the orchestrator server 1620 , respectively.
  • the network communicator 2220 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630 , the memory sled 1640 or 1650 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system.
  • the network communicator 2220 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1910 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1912 .
  • the resource manager 2230 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to determine QoS performance targets (e.g., QoS data 2204 ) associated with a compute sled 1630 , determine whether a present interleaving configuration by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 satisfies the QoS performance targets, and modify the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. To do so, the resource manager 2230 includes an evaluation component 2232 , an adjuster component 2234 , and an output component 2236 .
  • QoS performance targets e.g., QoS data 2204
  • the evaluation component 2232 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the QoS data 2204 associated with a compute sled 1630 relative to the present interleaving configuration provided by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 . In particular, the evaluation component 2232 may determine whether memory-related QoS targets are satisfied based on the present interleaving configuration. For example, the QoS data 2204 may specify memory throughput targets to be satisfied by the compute sled 1630 . The evaluation component 2232 may obtain, via performance monitors executing in the system 1610 , telemetry data relating to the execution of a given workload to determine present memory throughput. The evaluation component 2232 may further compare the present throughput value with the QoS data 2204 associated with a throughput target and determine whether the present value is in range of the target, exceeds a target threshold, or falls below a target threshold.
  • the adjuster component 2234 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to determine a modification to the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 in response to determining that the present interleaving configuration results in a deviation from targets specified by the QoS data 2204 for the compute sled 1630 . For instance, if the evaluation component 2232 determines that a presently observed memory throughput falls below a corresponding QoS performance target by a specified threshold, the adjuster component 2234 may determine that additional memory devices (falling within the bounds of the QoS data 2204 ) should be included as part of the interleaving configuration.
  • the adjuster component 2234 may determine that fewer memory devices should form the interleaving configuration.
  • the adjuster component 2234 may determine the configuration as a function of characteristics of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 (e.g., type, speed, availability, etc.) and the QoS targets for the compute sled 1630 .
  • the output component 2236 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to generate a notification for the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) to adjust the interleaving configuration according to the determined modification.
  • the notification may include, for example, an instruction for the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels connecting to the memory devices to (or from) the compute sled 1630 and configure the interleaving for the presently allocated memory channels.
  • the output component 2236 is configured to send, to the compute sled 1630 , a notification of the modification of the configuration.
  • the memory sled 1640 may execute a method 2300 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by a compute sled 1630 .
  • the method 2300 begins in block 2302 , where the memory sled 1640 receives a request to allocate one or more memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , may send the request.
  • the request may provide an amount to memory to be allocated, QoS performance targets for the compute sled 1630 , and memory characteristics (e.g., CPU bandwidth, memory requirements for workloads to be processed) of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory sled 1640 determines an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of the memory characteristics and QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory sled 1640 determines a CPU bandwidth and the QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory sled 1640 may obtain such information from the request sent by the orchestrator server 1620 .
  • the memory sled 1640 identifies one or more available memory channels connecting to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 to interleave as a function of the determination.
  • the memory sled 1640 may evaluate memory devices of the memory pool 1670 that are available to service the request. Further, the memory sled 1640 may determine, from the available memory devices, a subset of the available memory devices that potentially satisfy QoS performance targets (e.g., based on predefined characteristics of the memory device, such as input/output speed, memory capacity, etc.).
  • the memory sled 1640 configures memory pool resources (e.g., logical memory addresses each corresponding to a physical location on a given memory device in the memory pool 1670 ) according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • the memory sled 1640 exposes a logical address space having memory addresses corresponding to an interleaving of memory channels to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 .
  • the determined interleaving configuration may include channels connecting with a memory device A, a memory device B, or a memory device C.
  • a first logical address may be mapped to memory device A
  • a second logical address may be mapped to memory device B
  • a third logical address may be mapped to memory device C, and so on, such that successive logical addresses alternative between memory devices A, B, and C.
  • the memory sled 1640 sends a notification of the allocation of the memory addresses to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory sled 1640 may also send the notification the orchestrator server 1620 in response to the request.
  • the memory sled 1640 performs memory access operations on behalf of the compute sled 1630 . For instance, in block 2318 , the memory sled 1640 writes to the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has write permission. In block 2320 , the memory sled 1640 reads from the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has read permission.
  • the interleaving configuration allows the memory sled 1640 to access the memory at requested locations at a relatively faster rate than if the memory address space was allocated such that contiguous memory addresses were located on a single memory device due to possible waiting times on the memory device for subsequent memory operations.
  • the compute sled 1630 may execute a method 2400 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by the processor(s) of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the method 2400 begins in block 2402 , where the compute sled 1630 receives an allocation of memory addresses from the memory sled 1640 .
  • the compute sled 1630 may receive the allocation in response to a request by the orchestrator server 1620 to the memory sled 1640 to provision the compute sled 1630 .
  • the compute sled 1630 determines whether memory interleaving is currently enabled for use within the compute sled 1630 . For instance, memory interleaving may be enabled as part of a service level agreement (SLA) for a given user or group of users having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 . If memory interleaving for use within the compute sled 1630 is not enabled, then the method 2400 ends. Otherwise, in block 2406 , the compute sled 1630 determines a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more links of a given processor (e.g., a CPU 1680 , 1682 ).
  • a given processor e.g., a CPU 1680 , 1682
  • the compute sled 1630 evaluates one or more interleaving policies associated with the processor.
  • an interleaving policy may indicate that, based on present workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 , a given n-way interleaving should be used.
  • the compute sled 1630 configures the interleaving as a function of the determination.
  • the compute sled 1630 assigns each of the allocated memory addresses to one of the processor memory links according to the determined interleaving policy. The assignment is performed in an interleaved manner such that each contiguous address is assigned to a different memory link.
  • the compute sled 1630 performs memory operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool using the configured interleaving. For example, the compute sled 1630 may send requests to the memory sled 1640 that includes the type of memory operation (e.g., read or write operation) and a memory address at which to perform the operation.
  • the compute sled 1630 By interleaving access to the memory pool 1670 by processor memory links for contiguous memory addresses, the compute sled 1630 enables relatively faster operations to be performed on the memory (e.g., by avoiding the wait time involved with using the same memory link to access the memory pool 1670 at contiguous addresses).
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may perform a method 2500 for adjusting an interleaving configuration by the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) for a given compute sled 1630 to satisfy one or more QoS performance targets.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 determines one or more target QoS metrics for the compute sled 1630 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may evaluate predefined QoS data (e.g., QoS data 2204 ) associated with the compute sled 1630 and identify one or more targets relating to memory performance, such as memory bandwidth, throughput, input/output speed, and the like.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates a present interleaving configuration of the compute sled 1630 .
  • the memory sled 1640 may send a notification of a present configuration of interleaving for a compute sled 1630 to the orchestrator server 1620 when memory is allocated to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may observe telemetry data during execution of workloads by the compute sled 1630 (e.g., using a performance monitor executing in the system 1610 ). The telemetry data may be indicative of memory utilization metrics.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 determines, based on the notification provided by the memory sled 1640 and the present execution of the workloads by the compute sled 1630 , whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS performance targets. For example, the orchestrator server 1620 determines whether presently observed metrics relating to memory fall within a specified target range, exceed a specified threshold, or fall below another specified threshold. If the present configuration satisfies the performance targets, then the method 2500 loops back to block 2504 .
  • the orchestrator server 1620 modifies the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 causes (e.g., sends an instruction to) the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels to the compute sled 1630 such that the QoS performance targets are satisfied.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that additional memory devices (falling within the scope of an SLA) should be included with the interleaving configuration.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to add those devices (e.g., by providing an identifier associated with the memory devices in the instruction).
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that some of the memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration should be removed therefrom.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to remove the identified devices (e.g., by identifiers associated with the memory devices).
  • the orchestrator server 1620 causes the memory sled 1640 to configure interleaving for the presently allocated channels.
  • the memory pool controller 1660 may reconfigure the interleaving to reflect the change in memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration.
  • the orchestrator server 1620 may send a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled 1630 .
  • the method 2500 returns to block 2504 , in which the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates the modified interleaving configuration during execution of the one or more workloads by the compute sled 1630 and determine whether the modified interleaving configuration satisfies the one or more QoS performance targets.
  • An embodiment of the technologies disclosed herein may include any one or more, and any combination of, the examples described below.
  • Example 1 includes a memory sled, comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • QoS quality of service
  • Example 3 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1 and 2, and wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 4 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-3, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 5 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-4, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 6 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-5, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 7 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-6, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 8 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-7, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 9 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-8, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 10 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-9, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 11 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-10, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 12 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-11, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to configure one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 13 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-12, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 14 includes a method comprising receiving, by a memory sled, a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, determining, by the memory sled, an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and configuring, by the memory sled, the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 15 includes the subject matter of Example 14, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • QoS quality of service
  • Example 16 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14 and 15, and wherein configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 17 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-16, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 18 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-17, and further including sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 19 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-18, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 20 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-19, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 21 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-20, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 22 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-21, and further including receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 23 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-22, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 24 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-23, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 25 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-24, and further including configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 26 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-25, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 27 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a memory sled to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 28 includes a memory sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 29 includes a memory sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 30 includes a memory sled comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for receiving a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled; means for determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and means for configuring the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 31 includes the subject matter of Example 30, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises means for determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and means for identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • QoS quality of service
  • Example 32 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30 and 31, and wherein the means for configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises means for exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 33 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-32, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 34 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-33, and further including means for sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 35 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-34, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 36 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-35, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 37 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-36, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 38 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-37, and further including means for receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 39 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-38, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 40 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-39, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 41 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-40, and further including means for configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 42 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-41, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 43 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine having a first processor and a second processor, the compute engine to (i) receive, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of the first processor or the second processor, and (iii) configure access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration comprises to evaluate one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 45 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43 and 44, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 46 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-45, and wherein the compute engine is further to assign access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 47 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-46, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 48 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-47, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 49 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-48, and wherein the compute engine is further to determine whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 50 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-49, and wherein the compute engine is further to send a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 51 includes a method comprising receiving, by a compute sled and from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute sled, an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and configuring, by the compute sled, access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 52 includes the subject matter of Example 51, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration comprises evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 53 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51 and 52, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 54 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-53, and further including assigning, by the compute sled, access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 55 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-54, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 56 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-55, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 57 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-56, and further including determining, by the compute sled, whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 58 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-57, and further including sending, by the compute sled, a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 59 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute sled to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 60 includes a compute sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 61 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 62 includes a compute sled comprising means for receiving, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and means for configuring access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 63 includes the subject matter of Example 62, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration comprises means for evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 64 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62 and 63, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 65 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-64, and further including means for assigning access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 66 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-65, and further including means for performing a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 67 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-66, and further including means for performing a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 68 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-67, and further including means for determining whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 69 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-68, and further including means for sending a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 70 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to (i) determine a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS, and (iii) modify, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • QoS target quality of service
  • Example 71 includes the subject matter of Example 70, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 72 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70 and 71, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 73 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-72, and wherein the compute engine is further to send, to the compute sled, a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 74 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-73, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 75 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-74, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 76 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-75, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 77 includes a method comprising determining, by a compute device, a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute device, whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • QoS target quality of service
  • Example 78 includes the subject matter of Example 77, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 79 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77 and 78, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 80 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-79, and further including sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
  • Example 81 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-80, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 82 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-81, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 83 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-82, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 84 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute device to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 85 includes a compute device comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 86 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 87 includes a compute device comprising means for determining a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and means for modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • QoS target quality of service
  • Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 89 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87 and 88, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 90 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-89, and further including means for sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
  • Example 91 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-90, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 92 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-91, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 93 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-92, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 94 includes a system comprising a compute sled; and a memory sled coupled to the compute sled, wherein the memory sled includes a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Cooling Or The Like Of Electrical Apparatus (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
  • Multi Processors (AREA)
  • Robotics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Debugging And Monitoring (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Optical Communication System (AREA)
  • Storage Device Security (AREA)
  • Small-Scale Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Technologies for interleaving memory that is accessible via a shared memory pool include a memory sled. The memory sled includes a memory pool of byte-addressable memory devices. The memory sled also includes a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool. The memory pool controller receives a request to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled. The memory pool controller determines an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of memory characteristics of the compute sled and configures the memory addresses according to the determined interleaving configuration.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application claims the benefit of Indian Provisional Patent Application No. 201741030632, filed Aug. 30, 2017 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/584,401, filed Nov. 10, 2017.
  • BACKGROUND
  • In a typical compute device, any byte-addressable memory (e.g., RAM, non-volatile memory) that is to be used during the execution of an application (e.g., a workload) is local to the processor (e.g., physically installed on the compute device) and it is possible for the memory available to the compute device to fall short of the amount of memory requested by the application during one or more operations. As such, an administrator of the compute device may choose to equip the compute device with a relatively large amount of memory to account for situations in which the application may benefit from the large amount of memory (e.g., for memory intensive operations). However, for a majority of the time, a large part of memory onboard the compute device may go unused. In a data center in which multiple compute devices may be assigned workloads to execute, the costs of equipping the compute devices with relatively large amounts memory can be significant.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The concepts described herein are illustrated by way of example and not by way of limitation in the accompanying figures. For simplicity and clarity of illustration, elements illustrated in the figures are not necessarily drawn to scale. Where considered appropriate, reference labels have been repeated among the figures to indicate corresponding or analogous elements.
  • FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a data center for executing workloads with disaggregated resources;
  • FIG. 2 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a pod of the data center of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of at least one embodiment of a rack that may be included in the pod of FIG. 2;
  • FIG. 4 is a side plan elevation view of the rack of FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the rack of FIG. 3 having a sled mounted therein;
  • FIG. 6 is a is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a top side of the sled of FIG. 5;
  • FIG. 7 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a bottom side of the sled of FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 9 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the compute sled of FIG. 8;
  • FIG. 10 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an accelerator sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 11 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the accelerator sled of FIG. 10;
  • FIG. 12 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a storage sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 13 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the storage sled of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 14 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1; and
  • FIG. 15 is a simplified block diagram of a system that may be established within the data center of FIG. 1 to execute workloads with managed nodes composed of disaggregated resources.
  • FIG. 16 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a system for interleaving memory access to a shared memory pool;
  • FIG. 17 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled of the system of FIG. 16;
  • FIG. 18 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled of the system of FIG. 16;
  • FIG. 19 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a orchestrator server of the system of FIG. 16;
  • FIG. 20 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18;
  • FIG. 21 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17;
  • FIG. 22 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the orchestrator server of FIGS. 16 and 19;
  • FIG. 23 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18;
  • FIG. 24 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17; and
  • FIG. 25 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for modifying a memory interleaving configuration as a function of one or more Quality of Service (QoS) targets.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • While the concepts of the present disclosure are susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific embodiments thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and will be described herein in detail. It should be understood, however, that there is no intent to limit the concepts of the present disclosure to the particular forms disclosed, but on the contrary, the intention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives consistent with the present disclosure and the appended claims.
  • References in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an illustrative embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may or may not necessarily include that particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described. Additionally, it should be appreciated that items included in a list in the form of “at least one A, B, and C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C). Similarly, items listed in the form of “at least one of A, B, or C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
  • The disclosed embodiments may be implemented, in some cases, in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof. The disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried by or stored on a transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage medium, which may be read and executed by one or more processors. A machine-readable storage medium may be embodied as any storage device, mechanism, or other physical structure for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a volatile or non-volatile memory, a media disc, or other media device).
  • In the drawings, some structural or method features may be shown in specific arrangements and/or orderings. However, it should be appreciated that such specific arrangements and/or orderings may not be required. Rather, in some embodiments, such features may be arranged in a different manner and/or order than shown in the illustrative figures. Additionally, the inclusion of a structural or method feature in a particular figure is not meant to imply that such feature is required in all embodiments and, in some embodiments, may not be included or may be combined with other features.
  • Referring now to FIG. 1, a data center 100 in which disaggregated resources may cooperatively execute one or more workloads (e.g., applications on behalf of customers) includes multiple pods 110, 120, 130, 140, each of which includes one or more rows of racks. As described in more detail herein, each rack houses multiple sleds, which each may be embodied as a compute device, such as a server, that is primarily equipped with a particular type of resource (e.g., memory devices, data storage devices, accelerator devices, general purpose processors). In the illustrative embodiment, the sleds in each pod 110, 120, 130, 140 are connected to multiple pod switches (e.g., switches that route data communications to and from sleds within the pod). The pod switches, in turn, connect with spine switches 150 that switch communications among pods (e.g., the pods 110, 120, 130, 140) in the data center 100. In some embodiments, the sleds may be connected with a fabric using Intel Omni-Path technology. As described in more detail herein, resources within sleds in the data center 100 may be allocated to a group (referred to herein as a “managed node”) containing resources from one or more other sleds to be collectively utilized in the execution of a workload. The workload can execute as if the resources belonging to the managed node were located on the same sled. The resources in a managed node may even belong to sleds belonging to different racks, and even to different pods 110, 120, 130, 140. Some resources of a single sled may be allocated to one managed node while other resources of the same sled are allocated to a different managed node (e.g., one processor assigned to one managed node and another processor of the same sled assigned to a different managed node). By disaggregating resources to sleds comprised predominantly of a single type of resource (e.g., compute sleds comprising primarily compute resources, memory sleds containing primarily memory resources), and selectively allocating and deallocating the disaggregated resources to form a managed node assigned to execute a workload, the data center 100 provides more efficient resource usage over typical data centers comprised of hyperconverged servers containing compute, memory, storage and perhaps additional resources). As such, the data center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources.
  • Referring now to FIG. 2, the pod 110, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a set of rows 200, 210, 220, 230 of racks 240. Each rack 240 may house multiple sleds (e.g., sixteen sleds) and provide power and data connections to the housed sleds, as described in more detail herein. In the illustrative embodiment, the racks in each row 200, 210, 220, 230 are connected to multiple pod switches 250, 260. The pod switch 250 includes a set of ports 252 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and another set of ports 254 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150 to provide connectivity to other pods in the data center 100. Similarly, the pod switch 260 includes a set of ports 262 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and a set of ports 264 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150. As such, the use of the pair of switches 250, 260 provides an amount of redundancy to the pod 110. For example, if either of the switches 250, 260 fails, the sleds in the pod 110 may still maintain data communication with the remainder of the data center 100 (e.g., sleds of other pods) through the other switch 250, 260. Furthermore, in the illustrative embodiment, the switches 150, 250, 260 may be embodied as dual-mode optical switches, capable of routing both Ethernet protocol communications carrying Internet Protocol (IP) packets and communications according to a second, high-performance link-layer protocol (e.g., Intel's Omni-Path Architecture's, Infiniband) via optical signaling media of an optical fabric.
  • It should be appreciated that each of the other pods 120, 130, 140 (as well as any additional pods of the data center 100) may be similarly structured as, and have components similar to, the pod 110 shown in and described in regard to FIG. 2 (e.g., each pod may have rows of racks housing multiple sleds as described above). Additionally, while two pod switches 250, 260 are shown, it should be understood that in other embodiments, each pod 110, 120, 130, 140 may be connected to different number of pod switches (e.g., providing even more failover capacity).
  • Referring now to FIGS. 3-5, each illustrative rack 240 of the data center 100 includes two elongated support posts 302, 304, which are arranged vertically. For example, the elongated support posts 302, 304 may extend upwardly from a floor of the data center 100 when deployed. The rack 240 also includes one or more horizontal pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (identified in FIG. 3 via a dashed ellipse) configured to support a sled of the data center 100 as discussed below. One elongated support arm 312 of the pair of elongated support arms 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 302 and the other elongated support arm 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 304.
  • In the illustrative embodiments, each sled of the data center 100 is embodied as a chassis-less sled. That is, each sled has a chassis-less circuit board substrate on which physical resources (e.g., processors, memory, accelerators, storage, etc.) are mounted as discussed in more detail below. As such, the rack 240 is configured to receive the chassis-less sleds. For example, each pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 defines a sled slot 320 of the rack 240, which is configured to receive a corresponding chassis-less sled. To do so, each illustrative elongated support arm 312 includes a circuit board guide 330 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of the sled. Each circuit board guide 330 is secured to, or otherwise mounted to, a top side 332 of the corresponding elongated support arm 312. For example, in the illustrative embodiment, each circuit board guide 330 is mounted at a distal end of the corresponding elongated support arm 312 relative to the corresponding elongated support post 302, 304. For clarity of the Figures, not every circuit board guide 330 may be referenced in each Figure.
  • Each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of a sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 of the rack 240. To do so, as shown in FIG. 4, a user (or robot) aligns the chassis-less circuit board substrate of an illustrative chassis-less sled 400 to a sled slot 320. The user, or robot, may then slide the chassis-less circuit board substrate forward into the sled slot 320 such that each side edge 414 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate is received in a corresponding circuit board slot 380 of the circuit board guides 330 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320 as shown in FIG. 4. By having robotically accessible and robotically manipulable sleds comprising disaggregated resources, each type of resource can be upgraded independently of each other and at their own optimized refresh rate. Furthermore, the sleds are configured to blindly mate with power and data communication cables in each rack 240, enhancing their ability to be quickly removed, upgraded, reinstalled, and/or replaced. As such, in some embodiments, the data center 100 may operate (e.g., execute workloads, undergo maintenance and/or upgrades, etc.) without human involvement on the data center floor. In other embodiments, a human may facilitate one or more maintenance or upgrade operations in the data center 100.
  • It should be appreciated that each circuit board guide 330 is dual sided. That is, each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 on each side of the circuit board guide 330. In this way, each circuit board guide 330 can support a chassis-less circuit board substrate on either side. As such, a single additional elongated support post may be added to the rack 240 to turn the rack 240 into a two-rack solution that can hold twice as many sled slots 320 as shown in FIG. 3. The illustrative rack 240 includes seven pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define a corresponding seven sled slots 320, each configured to receive and support a corresponding sled 400 as discussed above. Of course, in other embodiments, the rack 240 may include additional or fewer pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (i.e., additional or fewer sled slots 320). It should be appreciated that because the sled 400 is chassis-less, the sled 400 may have an overall height that is different than typical servers. As such, in some embodiments, the height of each sled slot 320 may be shorter than the height of a typical server (e.g., shorter than a single rank unit, “1U”). That is, the vertical distance between each pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 may be less than a standard rack unit “1U.” Additionally, due to the relative decrease in height of the sled slots 320, the overall height of the rack 240 in some embodiments may be shorter than the height of traditional rack enclosures. For example, in some embodiments, each of the elongated support posts 302, 304 may have a length of six feet or less. Again, in other embodiments, the rack 240 may have different dimensions. Further, it should be appreciated that the rack 240 does not include any walls, enclosures, or the like. Rather, the rack 240 is an enclosure-less rack that is opened to the local environment. Of course, in some cases, an end plate may be attached to one of the elongated support posts 302, 304 in those situations in which the rack 240 forms an end-of-row rack in the data center 100.
  • In some embodiments, various interconnects may be routed upwardly or downwardly through the elongated support posts 302, 304. To facilitate such routing, each elongated support post 302, 304 includes an inner wall that defines an inner chamber in which the interconnect may be located. The interconnects routed through the elongated support posts 302, 304 may be embodied as any type of interconnects including, but not limited to, data or communication interconnects to provide communication connections to each sled slot 320, power interconnects to provide power to each sled slot 320, and/or other types of interconnects.
  • The rack 240, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a support platform on which a corresponding optical data connector (not shown) is mounted. Each optical data connector is associated with a corresponding sled slot 320 and is configured to mate with an optical data connector of a corresponding sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320. In some embodiments, optical connections between components (e.g., sleds, racks, and switches) in the data center 100 are made with a blind mate optical connection. For example, a door on each cable may prevent dust from contaminating the fiber inside the cable. In the process of connecting to a blind mate optical connector mechanism, the door is pushed open when the end of the cable enters the connector mechanism. Subsequently, the optical fiber inside the cable enters a gel within the connector mechanism and the optical fiber of one cable comes into contact with the optical fiber of another cable within the gel inside the connector mechanism.
  • The illustrative rack 240 also includes a fan array 370 coupled to the cross-support arms of the rack 240. The fan array 370 includes one or more rows of cooling fans 372, which are aligned in a horizontal line between the elongated support posts 302, 304. In the illustrative embodiment, the fan array 370 includes a row of cooling fans 372 for each sled slot 320 of the rack 240. As discussed above, each sled 400 does not include any on-board cooling system in the illustrative embodiment and, as such, the fan array 370 provides cooling for each sled 400 received in the rack 240. Each rack 240, in the illustrative embodiment, also includes a power supply associated with each sled slot 320. Each power supply is secured to one of the elongated support arms 312 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320. For example, the rack 240 may include a power supply coupled or secured to each elongated support arm 312 extending from the elongated support post 302. Each power supply includes a power connector configured to mate with a power connector of the sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320. In the illustrative embodiment, the sled 400 does not include any on-board power supply and, as such, the power supplies provided in the rack 240 supply power to corresponding sleds 400 when mounted to the rack 240.
  • Referring now to FIG. 6, the sled 400, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to be mounted in a corresponding rack 240 of the data center 100 as discussed above. In some embodiments, each sled 400 may be optimized or otherwise configured for performing particular tasks, such as compute tasks, acceleration tasks, data storage tasks, etc. For example, the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 8-9, an accelerator sled 1000 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 10-11, a storage sled 1200 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 12-13, or as a sled optimized or otherwise configured to perform other specialized tasks, such as a memory sled 1400, discussed below in regard to FIG. 14.
  • As discussed above, the illustrative sled 400 includes a chassis-less circuit board substrate 602, which supports various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) mounted thereon. It should be appreciated that the circuit board substrate 602 is “chassis-less” in that the sled 400 does not include a housing or enclosure. Rather, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is open to the local environment. The chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 may be formed from any material capable of supporting the various electrical components mounted thereon. For example, in an illustrative embodiment, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is formed from an FR-4 glass-reinforced epoxy laminate material. Of course, other materials may be used to form the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 in other embodiments.
  • As discussed in more detail below, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes multiple features that improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. As discussed, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 does not include a housing or enclosure, which may improve the airflow over the electrical components of the sled 400 by reducing those structures that may inhibit air flow. For example, because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is not positioned in an individual housing or enclosure, there is no backplane (e.g., a backplate of the chassis) to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602, which could inhibit air flow across the electrical components. Additionally, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a geometric shape configured to reduce the length of the airflow path across the electrical components mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. For example, the illustrative chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width 604 that is greater than a depth 606 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. In one particular embodiment, for example, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width of about 21 inches and a depth of about 9 inches, compared to a typical server that has a width of about 17 inches and a depth of about 39 inches. As such, an airflow path 608 that extends from a front edge 610 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 toward a rear edge 612 has a shorter distance relative to typical servers, which may improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the sled 400. Furthermore, although not illustrated in FIG. 6, the various physical resources mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 are mounted in corresponding locations such that no two substantively heat-producing electrical components shadow each other as discussed in more detail below. That is, no two electrical components, which produce appreciable heat during operation (i.e., greater than a nominal heat sufficient enough to adversely impact the cooling of another electrical component), are mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 linearly in-line with each other along the direction of the airflow path 608 (i.e., along a direction extending from the front edge 610 toward the rear edge 612 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602).
  • As discussed above, the illustrative sled 400 includes one or more physical resources 620 mounted to a top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Although two physical resources 620 are shown in FIG. 6, it should be appreciated that the sled 400 may include one, two, or more physical resources 620 in other embodiments. The physical resources 620 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or other compute circuit capable of performing various tasks such as compute functions and/or controlling the functions of the sled 400 depending on, for example, the type or intended functionality of the sled 400. For example, as discussed in more detail below, the physical resources 620 may be embodied as high-performance processors in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a compute sled, as accelerator co-processors or circuits in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as an accelerator sled, storage controllers in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a storage sled, or a set of memory devices in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a memory sled.
  • The sled 400 also includes one or more additional physical resources 630 mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. In the illustrative embodiment, the additional physical resources include a network interface controller (NIC) as discussed in more detail below. Of course, depending on the type and functionality of the sled 400, the physical resources 630 may include additional or other electrical components, circuits, and/or devices in other embodiments.
  • The physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the physical resources 630 via an input/output (I/O) subsystem 622. The I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the physical resources 620, the physical resources 630, and/or other components of the sled 400. For example, the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations. In the illustrative embodiment, the I/O subsystem 622 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a double data rate 4 (DDR4) data bus or a DDRS data bus.
  • In some embodiments, the sled 400 may also include a resource-to-resource interconnect 624. The resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating resource-to-resource communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to resource-to-resource communications.
  • The sled 400 also includes a power connector 640 configured to mate with a corresponding power connector of the rack 240 when the sled 400 is mounted in the corresponding rack 240. The sled 400 receives power from a power supply of the rack 240 via the power connector 640 to supply power to the various electrical components of the sled 400. That is, the sled 400 does not include any local power supply (i.e., an on-board power supply) to provide power to the electrical components of the sled 400. The exclusion of a local or on-board power supply facilitates the reduction in the overall footprint of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602, which may increase the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above. In some embodiments, power is provided to the processors 820 through vias directly under the processors 820 (e.g., through the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602), providing an increased thermal budget, additional current and/or voltage, and better voltage control over typical boards.
  • In some embodiments, the sled 400 may also include mounting features 642 configured to mate with a mounting arm, or other structure, of a robot to facilitate the placement of the sled 600 in a rack 240 by the robot. The mounting features 642 may be embodied as any type of physical structures that allow the robot to grasp the sled 400 without damaging the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 or the electrical components mounted thereto. For example, in some embodiments, the mounting features 642 may be embodied as non-conductive pads attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. In other embodiments, the mounting features may be embodied as brackets, braces, or other similar structures attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. The particular number, shape, size, and/or make-up of the mounting feature 642 may depend on the design of the robot configured to manage the sled 400.
  • Referring now to FIG. 7, in addition to the physical resources 630 mounted on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602, the sled 400 also includes one or more memory devices 720 mounted to a bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. That is, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board. The physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the memory devices 720 via the I/O subsystem 622. For example, the physical resources 620 and the memory devices 720 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to each memory devices 720.
  • The memory devices 720 may be embodied as any type of memory device capable of storing data for the physical resources 620 during operation of the sled 400, such as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory. Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium. Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static random access memory (SRAM). One particular type of DRAM that may be used in a memory module is synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM). In particular embodiments, DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org). Such standards (and similar standards) may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
  • In one embodiment, the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies. A memory device may also include next-generation nonvolatile devices, such as Intel 3D XPoint™ memory or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices. In one embodiment, the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory. The memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product. In some embodiments, the memory device may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
  • Referring now to FIG. 8, in some embodiments, the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800. The compute sled 800 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform compute tasks. Of course, as discussed above, the compute sled 800 may rely on other sleds, such as acceleration sleds and/or storage sleds, to perform such compute tasks. The compute sled 800 includes various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) similar to the physical resources of the sled 400, which have been identified in FIG. 8 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6 and 7 applies to the corresponding components of the compute sled 800 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the compute sled 800.
  • In the illustrative compute sled 800, the physical resources 620 are embodied as processors 820. Although only two processors 820 are shown in FIG. 8, it should be appreciated that the compute sled 800 may include additional processors 820 in other embodiments. Illustratively, the processors 820 are embodied as high-performance processors 820 and may be configured to operate at a relatively high power rating. Although the processors 820 generate additional heat operating at power ratings greater than typical processors (which operate at around 155-230 W), the enhanced thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above facilitate the higher power operation. For example, in the illustrative embodiment, the processors 820 are configured to operate at a power rating of at least 250 W. In some embodiments, the processors 820 may be configured to operate at a power rating of at least 350 W.
  • In some embodiments, the compute sled 800 may also include a processor-to-processor interconnect 842. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 400 discussed above, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating processor-to-processor interconnect 842 communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • The compute sled 800 also includes a communication circuit 830. The illustrative communication circuit 830 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 832, which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI). The NIC 832 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, any type of integrated circuit, discrete circuits, controller chips, chipsets, add-in-boards, daughtercards, network interface cards, other devices that may be used by the compute sled 800 to connect with another compute device (e.g., with other sleds 400). In some embodiments, the NIC 832 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors. In some embodiments, the NIC 832 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 832. In such embodiments, the local processor of the NIC 832 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the processors 820. Additionally or alternatively, in such embodiments, the local memory of the NIC 832 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
  • The communication circuit 830 is communicatively coupled to an optical data connector 834. The optical data connector 834 is configured to mate with a corresponding optical data connector of the rack 240 when the compute sled 800 is mounted in the rack 240. Illustratively, the optical data connector 834 includes a plurality of optical fibers which lead from a mating surface of the optical data connector 834 to an optical transceiver 836. The optical transceiver 836 is configured to convert incoming optical signals from the rack-side optical data connector to electrical signals and to convert electrical signals to outgoing optical signals to the rack-side optical data connector. Although shown as forming part of the optical data connector 834 in the illustrative embodiment, the optical transceiver 836 may form a portion of the communication circuit 830 in other embodiments.
  • In some embodiments, the compute sled 800 may also include an expansion connector 840. In such embodiments, the expansion connector 840 is configured to mate with a corresponding connector of an expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate to provide additional physical resources to the compute sled 800. The additional physical resources may be used, for example, by the processors 820 during operation of the compute sled 800. The expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may be substantially similar to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above and may include various electrical components mounted thereto. The particular electrical components mounted to the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may depend on the intended functionality of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate. For example, the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may provide additional compute resources, memory resources, and/or storage resources. As such, the additional physical resources of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may include, but is not limited to, processors, memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • Referring now to FIG. 9, an illustrative embodiment of the compute sled 800 is shown. As shown, the processors 820, communication circuit 830, and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the physical resources of the compute sled 800 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. For example, the various physical resources may be mounted in corresponding sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, or brackets. In some cases, some of the electrical components may be directly mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 via soldering or similar techniques.
  • As discussed above, the individual processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other. In the illustrative embodiment, the processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those physical resources are linearly in-line with others along the direction of the airflow path 608. It should be appreciated that, although the optical data connector 834 is in-line with the communication circuit 830, the optical data connector 834 produces no or nominal heat during operation.
  • The memory devices 720 of the compute sled 800 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400. Although mounted to the bottom side 750, the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the processors 820 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622. Because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the processors 820 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Of course, each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to each memory device 720. In some embodiments, the memory devices 720 may be mounted to one or more memory mezzanines on the bottom side of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 and may interconnect with a corresponding processor 820 through a ball-grid array.
  • Each of the processors 820 includes a heatsink 850 secured thereto. Due to the mounting of the memory devices 720 to the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 (as well as the vertical spacing of the sleds 400 in the corresponding rack 240), the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes additional “free” area or space that facilitates the use of heatsinks 850 having a larger size relative to traditional heatsinks used in typical servers. Additionally, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602, none of the processor heatsinks 850 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 850 is embodied as a fan-less heatsinks.
  • Referring now to FIG. 10, in some embodiments, the sled 400 may be embodied as an accelerator sled 1000. The accelerator sled 1000 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform specialized compute tasks, such as machine learning, encryption, hashing, or other computational-intensive task. In some embodiments, for example, a compute sled 800 may offload tasks to the accelerator sled 1000 during operation. The accelerator sled 1000 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or compute sled 800, which have been identified in FIG. 10 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the accelerator sled 1000 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the accelerator sled 1000.
  • In the illustrative accelerator sled 1000, the physical resources 620 are embodied as accelerator circuits 1020. Although only two accelerator circuits 1020 are shown in FIG. 10, it should be appreciated that the accelerator sled 1000 may include additional accelerator circuits 1020 in other embodiments. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, the accelerator sled 1000 may include four accelerator circuits 1020 in some embodiments. The accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as any type of processor, co-processor, compute circuit, or other device capable of performing compute or processing operations. For example, the accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
  • In some embodiments, the accelerator sled 1000 may also include an accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 600 discussed above, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating accelerator-to-accelerator communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. In some embodiments, the accelerator circuits 1020 may be daisy-chained with a primary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through the I/O subsystem 622 and a secondary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through a primary accelerator circuit 1020.
  • Referring now to FIG. 11, an illustrative embodiment of the accelerator sled 1000 is shown. As discussed above, the accelerator circuits 1020, communication circuit 830, and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Again, the individual accelerator circuits 1020 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other as discussed above. The memory devices 720 of the accelerator sled 1000 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 600. Although mounted to the bottom side 750, the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the accelerator circuits 1020 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 (e.g., through vias). Further, each of the accelerator circuits 1020 may include a heatsink 1070 that is larger than a traditional heatsink used in a server. As discussed above with reference to the heatsinks 870, the heatsinks 1070 may be larger than tradition heatsinks because of the “free” area provided by the memory devices 750 being located on the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 rather than on the top side 650.
  • Referring now to FIG. 12, in some embodiments, the sled 400 may be embodied as a storage sled 1200. The storage sled 1200 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to store data in a data storage 1250 local to the storage sled 1200. For example, during operation, a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may store and retrieve data from the data storage 1250 of the storage sled 1200. The storage sled 1200 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800, which have been identified in FIG. 12 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the storage sled 1200 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the storage sled 1200.
  • In the illustrative storage sled 1200, the physical resources 620 are embodied as storage controllers 1220. Although only two storage controllers 1220 are shown in FIG. 12, it should be appreciated that the storage sled 1200 may include additional storage controllers 1220 in other embodiments. The storage controllers 1220 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the storage and retrieval of data into the data storage 1250 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830. In the illustrative embodiment, the storage controllers 1220 are embodied as relatively low-power processors or controllers. For example, in some embodiments, the storage controllers 1220 may be configured to operate at a power rating of about 75 watts.
  • In some embodiments, the storage sled 1200 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1242. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 400 discussed above, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
  • Referring now to FIG. 13, an illustrative embodiment of the storage sled 1200 is shown. In the illustrative embodiment, the data storage 1250 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a storage cage 1252 configured to house one or more solid state drives (SSDs) 1254. To do so, the storage cage 1252 includes a number of mounting slots 1256, each of which is configured to receive a corresponding solid state drive 1254. Each of the mounting slots 1256 includes a number of drive guides 1258 that cooperate to define an access opening 1260 of the corresponding mounting slot 1256. The storage cage 1252 is secured to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that the access openings face away from (i.e., toward the front of) the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. As such, solid state drives 1254 are accessible while the storage sled 1200 is mounted in a corresponding rack 204. For example, a solid state drive 1254 may be swapped out of a rack 240 (e.g., via a robot) while the storage sled 1200 remains mounted in the corresponding rack 240.
  • The storage cage 1252 illustratively includes sixteen mounting slots 1256 and is capable of mounting and storing sixteen solid state drives 1254. Of course, the storage cage 1252 may be configured to store additional or fewer solid state drives 1254 in other embodiments. Additionally, in the illustrative embodiment, the solid state drivers are mounted vertically in the storage cage 1252, but may be mounted in the storage cage 1252 in a different orientation in other embodiments. Each solid state drive 1254 may be embodied as any type of data storage device capable of storing long term data. To do so, the solid state drives 1254 may include volatile and non-volatile memory devices discussed above.
  • As shown in FIG. 13, the storage controllers 1220, the communication circuit 830, and the optical data connector 834 are illustratively mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Again, as discussed above, any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the electrical components of the storage sled 1200 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 including, for example, sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, brackets, soldered connections, and/or other mounting or securing techniques.
  • As discussed above, the individual storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other. For example, the storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those electrical components are linearly in-line with other along the direction of the airflow path 608.
  • The memory devices 720 of the storage sled 1200 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400. Although mounted to the bottom side 750, the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the storage controllers 1220 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622. Again, because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the storage controllers 1220 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602. Each of the storage controllers 1220 includes a heatsink 1270 secured thereto. As discussed above, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 of the storage sled 1200, none of the heatsinks 1270 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 1270 is embodied as a fan-less heatsink.
  • Referring now to FIG. 14, in some embodiments, the sled 400 may be embodied as a memory sled 1400. The storage sled 1400 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to provide other sleds 400 (e.g., compute sleds 800, accelerator sleds 1000, etc.) with access to a pool of memory (e.g., in two or more sets 1430, 1432 of memory devices 720) local to the memory sled 1200. For example, during operation, a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may remotely write to and/or read from one or more of the memory sets 1430, 1432 of the memory sled 1200 using a logical address space that maps to physical addresses in the memory sets 1430, 1432. The memory sled 1400 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800, which have been identified in FIG. 14 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the memory sled 1400 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the memory sled 1400.
  • In the illustrative memory sled 1400, the physical resources 620 are embodied as memory controllers 1420. Although only two memory controllers 1420 are shown in FIG. 14, it should be appreciated that the memory sled 1400 may include additional memory controllers 1420 in other embodiments. The memory controllers 1420 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the writing and reading of data into the memory sets 1430, 1432 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830. In the illustrative embodiment, each storage controller 1220 is connected to a corresponding memory set 1430, 1432 to write to and read from memory devices 720 within the corresponding memory set 1430, 1432 and enforce any permissions (e.g., read, write, etc.) associated with sled 400 that has sent a request to the memory sled 1400 to perform a memory access operation (e.g., read or write).
  • In some embodiments, the memory sled 1400 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1442. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 400 discussed above, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. As such, in some embodiments, a memory controller 1420 may access, through the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442, memory that is within the memory set 1432 associated with another memory controller 1420. In some embodiments, a scalable memory controller is made of multiple smaller memory controllers, referred to herein as “chiplets”, on a memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1400). The chiplets may be interconnected (e.g., using EMIB (Embedded Multi-Die Interconnect Bridge)). The combined chiplet memory controller may scale up to a relatively large number of memory controllers and I/O ports, (e.g., up to 16 memory channels). In some embodiments, the memory controllers 1420 may implement a memory interleave (e.g., one memory address is mapped to the memory set 1430, the next memory address is mapped to the memory set 1432, and the third address is mapped to the memory set 1430, etc.). The interleaving may be managed within the memory controllers 1420, or from CPU sockets (e.g., of the compute sled 800) across network links to the memory sets 1430, 1432, and may improve the latency associated with performing memory access operations as compared to accessing contiguous memory addresses from the same memory device.
  • Further, in some embodiments, the memory sled 1400 may be connected to one or more other sleds 400 (e.g., in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240) through a waveguide, using the waveguide connector 1480. In the illustrative embodiment, the waveguides are 64 millimeter waveguides that provide 16 Rx (i.e., receive) lanes and 16 Rt (i.e., transmit) lanes. Each lane, in the illustrative embodiment, is either 16 Ghz or 32 Ghz. In other embodiments, the frequencies may be different. Using a waveguide may provide high throughput access to the memory pool (e.g., the memory sets 1430, 1432) to another sled (e.g., a sled 400 in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400) without adding to the load on the optical data connector 834.
  • Referring now to FIG. 15, a system for executing one or more workloads (e.g., applications) may be implemented in accordance with the data center 100. In the illustrative embodiment, the system 1510 includes an orchestrator server 1520, which may be embodied as a managed node comprising a compute device (e.g., a compute sled 800) executing management software (e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack) that is communicatively coupled to multiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each similar to the compute sled 800), memory sleds 1540 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1400), accelerator sleds 1550 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1000), and storage sleds 1560 (e.g., each similar to the storage sled 1200). One or more of the sleds 1530, 1540, 1550, 1560 may be grouped into a managed node 1570, such as by the orchestrator server 1520, to collectively perform a workload (e.g., an application 1532 executed in a virtual machine or in a container). The managed node 1570 may be embodied as an assembly of physical resources 620, such as processors 820, memory resources 720, accelerator circuits 1020, or data storage 1250, from the same or different sleds 400. Further, the managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1520 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node. In the illustrative embodiment, the orchestrator server 1520 may selectively allocate and/or deallocate physical resources 620 from the sleds 400 and/or add or remove one or more sleds 400 from the managed node 1570 as a function of quality of service (QoS) targets (e.g., performance targets associated with a throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) associated with a service level agreement for the workload (e.g., the application 1532). In doing so, the orchestrator server 1520 may receive telemetry data indicative of performance conditions (e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) in each sled 400 of the managed node 1570 and compare the telemetry data to the quality of service targets to determine whether the quality of service targets are being satisfied. If the so, the orchestrator server 1520 may additionally determine whether one or more physical resources may be deallocated from the managed node 1570 while still satisfying the QoS targets, thereby freeing up those physical resources for use in another managed node (e.g., to execute a different workload). Alternatively, if the QoS targets are not presently satisfied, the orchestrator server 1520 may determine to dynamically allocate additional physical resources to assist in the execution of the workload (e.g., the application 1532) while the workload is executing
  • Additionally, in some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1520 may identify trends in the resource utilization of the workload (e.g., the application 1532), such as by identifying phases of execution (e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed) of the workload (e.g., the application 1532) and pre-emptively identifying available resources in the data center 100 and allocating them to the managed node 1570 (e.g., within a predefined time period of the associated phase beginning). In some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1520 may model performance based on various latencies and a distribution scheme to place workloads among compute sleds and other resources (e.g., accelerator sleds, memory sleds, storage sleds) in the data center 100. For example, the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize a model that accounts for the performance of resources on the sleds 400 (e.g., FPGA performance, memory access latency, etc.) and the performance (e.g., congestion, latency, bandwidth) of the path through the network to the resource (e.g., FPGA). As such, the orchestrator server 1520 may determine which resource(s) should be used with which workloads based on the total latency associated with each potential resource available in the data center 100 (e.g., the latency associated with the performance of the resource itself in addition to the latency associated with the path through the network between the compute sled executing the workload and the sled 400 on which the resource is located).
  • In some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1520 may generate a map of heat generation in the data center 100 using telemetry data (e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.) reported from the sleds 400 and allocate resources to managed nodes as a function of the map of heat generation and predicted heat generation associated with different workloads, to maintain a target temperature and heat distribution in the data center 100. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1520 may organize received telemetry data into a hierarchical model that is indicative of a relationship between the managed nodes (e.g., a spatial relationship such as the physical locations of the resources of the managed nodes within the data center 100 and/or a functional relationship, such as groupings of the managed nodes by the customers the managed nodes provide services for, the types of functions typically performed by the managed nodes, managed nodes that typically share or exchange workloads among each other, etc.). Based on differences in the physical locations and resources in the managed nodes, a given workload may exhibit different resource utilizations (e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity) across the resources of different managed nodes. The orchestrator server 1520 may determine the differences based on the telemetry data stored in the hierarchical model and factor the differences into a prediction of future resource utilization of a workload if the workload is reassigned from one managed node to another managed node, to accurately balance resource utilization in the data center 100.
  • To reduce the computational load on the orchestrator server 1520 and the data transfer load on the network, in some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1520 may send self-test information to the sleds 400 to enable each sled 400 to locally (e.g., on the sled 400) determine whether telemetry data generated by the sled 400 satisfies one or more conditions (e.g., an available capacity that satisfies a predefined threshold, a temperature that satisfies a predefined threshold, etc.). Each sled 400 may then report back a simplified result (e.g., yes or no) to the orchestrator server 1520, which the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize in determining the allocation of resources to managed nodes.
  • Referring now to FIG. 16, a system 1610, similar to the system 1510, for interleaving memory across one or more shared memory pools includes an orchestrator server 1620 communicatively coupled to multiple sleds. The sleds include a set of compute sleds 1630, which includes compute sleds 1632 and 1634. The sleds also include memory sleds 1640 and 1650. Each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 include a memory controller used to connect with byte-addressable memory devices residing on the respective sled. The memory controllers on the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 may form a memory pool controller 1660. In other embodiments, the memory controller of a single memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1640) may form the memory pool controller 1660 (e.g., while still servicing multiple compute sleds 1632, 1634). Further, the memory devices on each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 together may form a memory pool 1670. The memory pool controller 1660 may include access control logic that selectively provides access to memory within the memory pool 1670 to the compute sleds 1630, for use by workloads executed by the compute sleds 1630. One or more of the sleds 1630 or 1640 may be grouped into a managed node, such as by the orchestrator server 1620, to collectively perform one or more workloads, such as in virtual machines or containers, on behalf of a user of the client device 1614. A managed node may be embodied as an assembly of resources, such as compute resources, memory resources, storage resources, or other resources, from the same or different sleds or racks. Further, a managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1620 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node. The orchestrator server 1620 may support a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack.
  • In the illustrative embodiment, in operation, the memory sled 1640 establishes address spaces in the memory pool 1670 for use by each compute sled 1630 in the execution of the workloads. In doing so, the memory sled 1640 may enable multiple of the compute sleds 1630 to access the same memory regions (e.g., memory at the same physical memory address), thereby eliminating the requirement for the compute sleds 1630 to maintain local copies of the data in their local memory. Conversely, the memory sled 1640 may exclude compute sleds 1630 from accessing certain data in the memory that (e.g., data utilized by a given workload that is unrelated to other workloads). As such, the system 1610 enables more efficient use of memory among multiple compute devices (e.g., compute sled 1630) in a data center as compared to typical systems. Further, and as described in more detail herein, the memory pool 1670 and the compute sleds 1630 utilize memory interleaving (e.g., utilizing a contiguous address space that maps to alternate memory devices) to increase the speed at which memory access operations are performed, thereby improving the speed at which workloads are executed.
  • The compute sled 1632, in the illustrative embodiment, includes central processing units (CPUs) 1680 and 1682, and the compute sled 1634 includes CPUs 1684 and 1686. Illustratively, each of the CPUs 1680, 1682, 1684, and 1686 are connected with the memory pool controller 1660 through a primary link (e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.) 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696 between the CPU and the memory pool controller 1660. Further, each of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 (and similarly, CPUs 1684 and 1686) may communicate with one another, such as through an interconnect bus. Each compute sled 1630 may determine an interleaving configuration that alternates communication links from a given CPU to the memory pool controller 1660. The interleaving configuration may expose a memory address space local to a given compute sled 1630, where a first memory address uses a first communication link, a second memory address (e.g., immediately following the first memory address) uses a second communication link, a third memory address (e.g., immediately following the second memory address) uses the first communication link, and so on, such that the accesses to sequential memory addresses actually result in data access operations occurring on different communication links.
  • In addition, the memory pool controller 1660 also may interleave access across the various memory devices of the memory pool 1670. In some embodiments, the orchestrator server 1620 may send a request to the memory pool controller 1660 to allocate one or more memory address ranges to a compute sled 1630. The request may specify various parameters, such as an amount of memory to be allocated to the compute sled 1630, memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630, whether to enable memory interleaving, and the like. The memory pool controller 1660, in turn, determines an interleaving configuration based on one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630, such as bandwidth characteristics of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 and/or a Quality of Service (QoS) target associated with a group of customers having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630. The memory pool controller 1660 may select, as a function of the determined interleaving configuration, a subset of memory devices in the memory pool 1670 for access by the compute sled 1630. Further, the memory pool controller 1660 may then expose a memory address space to the compute sled 1630 that interleaves read/write access to each of the subset of memory devices. Advantageously, the memory devices of the subset may have characteristics that satisfy QoS targets. For instance, for relatively high QoS targets, the subset may include memory devices that provide for relatively quick read/write access. For example, a given memory address may map to a location on a first memory device, followed by a subsequent memory address mapping to a location on a second memory device, and so on, such that each memory address is mapped in an interleaved fashion to each of the subset of memory devices.
  • Further still, the orchestrator server 1620 may adjust the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 on behalf of the compute sled 1630. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620 may obtain telemetry data associated with the compute sled 1630 to the memory pool 1670 relating to memory access under the present interleaving configuration. The orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate the data against one or more QoS targets to determine whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS targets. For example, the orchestrator server 1620 may measure a memory throughput associated with the compute sled 1630 relative to the memory pool 1670. The orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate whether the memory throughput falls below, is within, or exceeds a QoS target for the memory throughput. The orchestrator server 1620 may, based on the evaluation, modify the interleaving configuration of the memory pool 1670 for the compute sled 1630 such that the memory throughput is within the target QoS. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620 may cause the memory sled 1640 to include additional memory devices in the interleaving configuration, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally higher access speed, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally lower access speed, and the like.
  • Referring now to FIG. 17, a compute sled 1630 (e.g., the compute sled 1632 or 1634) may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving an allocation of memory addresses to the memory pool 1670, determining a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more CPU memory links, configuring the memory interleaving as a function of the determination, and performing read/write operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 using the configured interleaving.
  • As shown in FIG. 17, the illustrative compute sled 1630 includes a compute engine 1702, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1708, communication circuitry 1710, and one or more data storage devices 1714. Of course, in other embodiments, the compute sled 1630 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.), such as peripheral devices. Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • The compute engine 1702 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below. In some embodiments, the compute engine 1702 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, an FPGA, a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device. Additionally, in some embodiments, the compute engine 1702 includes or is embodied as a processor 1704 and a memory 1706. The processor 1704 may be embodied as one or more processors, each processor being a type capable of performing the functions described herein. For example, the processor 1704 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit. In some embodiments, the processor 1704 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an ASIC, reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein. Illustratively, the processor 1704 includes a memory interleave logic unit 1720, which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., a processor, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), etc.) capable of configuring memory links of the processor 1704 according to a determined interleaving configuration.
  • The memory 1706 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium. Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as DRAM or static random access memory (SRAM). One particular type of DRAM that may be used in a memory module is synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM). In particular embodiments, DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org). Such standards (and similar standards) may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
  • In one embodiment, the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies. A memory device may also include future generation nonvolatile devices, such as a three dimensional crosspoint memory device (e.g., Intel 3D XPoint™ memory), or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices. In one embodiment, the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory. The memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
  • In some embodiments, 3D crosspoint memory (e.g., Intel 3D XPoint™ memory) may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance. In some embodiments, all or a portion of the memory 1706 may be integrated into the processor 1704. In operation, the memory 1706 may store various software and data (e.g., memory map data, interleave policy data) used during operation of the compute sled in the system 1610.
  • The compute engine 1702 is communicatively coupled with other components of other compute sleds 1630 and the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 via the I/O subsystem 1708, which may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with the processor 1704 and/or the memory 1706) and other components of the compute sled 1630. For example, the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations. In some embodiments, the I/O subsystem 1708 may form a portion of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) and be incorporated, along with one or more of the processor 1704, the memory 1706, and other components of the compute sled 1630, into the compute engine 1702.
  • The communication circuitry 1710 may be embodied as any communication circuit, device, or collection thereof, capable of enabling communications over the network 1612 between the compute sled 1630 and another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, memory sleds 1640 and 1650, etc.). The communication circuitry 1710 may be configured to use any one or more communication technology (e.g., wired or wireless communications) and associated protocols (e.g., Ethernet, Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi®, WiMAX, etc.) to effect such communication.
  • The illustrative communication circuitry 1710 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 1712, which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI). The NIC 1712 may be embodied as one or more add-in-boards, daughter cards, network interface cards, controller chips, chipsets, or other devices that may be used by the compute sled 1630 to connect with another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, etc.). In some embodiments, the NIC 1712 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors. In some embodiments, the NIC 1712 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 1712. In such embodiments, the local processor of the NIC 1712 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the compute engine 1702 described herein. Additionally or alternatively, in such embodiments, the local memory of the NIC 1712 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled 1630 at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
  • The one or more illustrative data storage devices 1714, may be embodied as any type of devices configured for short-term or long-term storage of data such as, for example, memory devices and circuits, memory cards, hard disk drives (HDDs), solid-state drives (SSDs), or other data storage devices. Each data storage device 1714 may include a system partition that stores data and firmware code for the data storage device 1714. Each data storage device 1714 may also include an operating system partition that stores data files and executables for an operating system.
  • Referring now to FIG. 18, the memory sled 1640 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving a request to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to a compute sled (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630), determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630, and configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • As shown in FIG. 18, the illustrative memory sled 1640 includes a compute engine 1802, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1804, and communication circuitry 1806. Of course, in other embodiments, the memory sled 1640 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • The compute engine 1802 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below. In some embodiments, the compute engine 1802 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device. In the illustrative embodiment, the compute engine 1802 includes or is embodied as the memory pool controller 1660 and the memory pool 1670 (also referred to herein as memory). The memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as any type of device or circuitry capable of performing the functions described herein. For example, the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit. In some embodiments, the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein. In the illustrative embodiment, the memory pool controller 1660 includes one or more channel interleave logic units 1820, which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., processor(s), ASICs, FPGAs, etc.) capable of selectively enabling access (e.g., read access and/or write access) to regions of memory addresses of the memory 1670 to each compute sled 1630, each memory address mapping to a memory device of the memory pool 1670 in an interleaved manner The memory 1670 may be embodied as multiple (e.g., a pool of) memory devices of the types described with reference to the memory 1706.
  • The compute engine 1802 is communicatively coupled to other components of the memory sled 1640 via the I/O subsystem 1804, which is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17. The I/O subsystem 1804, in addition to facilitating communications between the compute engine 1802 and other components of the memory sled 1640, also facilitates communication with the CPUs 1680, 1682, 1684, 1686 of the compute sleds 1630 through the links 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696. The communication circuitry 1806 may be similar to the communication circuitry 1710 of the compute sled 1630 and, in the illustrative embodiment, further includes a NIC 1808, which may be used to receive management communications from the orchestrator server 1620. The memory sled 1640 may also include one or more data storage devices 1810, which may be similar to the data storage devices 1714 described relative to the compute sled 1630.
  • Referring now to FIG. 19, the orchestrator server 1620 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including determining a target QoS for the compute sled 1630, determining whether a presently configured interleaving configuration on the compute sled 1630 satisfies the target QoS, and modifying the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS. As shown in FIG. 19, the illustrative orchestrator server 1620 includes a compute engine 1902, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1908, communication circuitry 1910, and one or more data storage devices 1914. Of course, in other embodiments, the orchestrator server 1620 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
  • The compute engine 1902 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below, and is similar to the compute engine 1702 of FIG. 17. The processor 1904 may be embodied as one or more processors, and is similar to the processor 1704 described relative to FIG. 17. The memory 1906 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., DRAM, etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. In operation, the memory 1906 may store various software and data used during operation. The I/O subsystem 1908 is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17. The communication circuitry 1910, which, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a NIC 1912, is similar to the communication circuitry 1710 and NIC 1712 described with reference to FIG. 17. Additionally, the data storage devices 1914 are similar to the data storage devices 1714 described with reference to FIG. 17.
  • The memory sled 1650 and client device 1614 may have components similar to those described in FIGS. 17-19. Further, it should be appreciated that any of the memory sleds 1640, 1650, the compute sleds 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, or the client device 1614 may include other components, sub-components, and devices commonly found in a computing device, which are not discussed above in reference to the compute sled 1630, memory sled 1640, and orchestrator server 1620 and not discussed herein for clarity of the description.
  • As described above, the orchestrator server 1620, the sleds 1630, 1640, 1650, and the client device 1614 are illustratively in communication via the network 1612, which may be embodied as any type of wired or wireless communication network, including global networks (e.g., the Internet), local area networks (LANs) or wide area networks (WANs), cellular networks (e.g., Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), 3G, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), etc.), digital subscriber line (DSL) networks, cable networks (e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.), or any combination thereof.
  • Referring now to FIG. 20, the memory sled 1640 may establish an environment 2000 during operation. The illustrative environment 2000 includes a network communicator 2020 and a memory access manager 2030. Each of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2020, memory access manager circuitry 2030, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2020 or memory access manager circuitry 2030 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1802, the memory pool controller 1660, the memory 1670, the communication circuitry 1806, the I/O subsystem 1804 and/or other components of the memory sled 1640. In the illustrative embodiment, the environment 1800 includes memory map data 2002, which may be embodied as any data indicative of physical addresses of the memory 1670 and corresponding logical addresses (e.g., addresses used by the memory pool controller 1660 and the compute sleds 1630 that are mapped to all or a subset of the physical addresses). The environment 2000 also includes interleave policy data 2004, which may be embodied any data defining policies for interleaving a memory address space relative to memory device access associated with one or more compute sleds 1630. The illustrative environment 2000 also includes remotely accessible data 2006 which may be embodied as any data present in the memory 1670 that is available to (e.g., within an address space) provided to one or more corresponding compute sleds 1630.
  • In the illustrative environment 2000, the network communicator 2020, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the memory sled 1640, respectively. To do so, the network communicator 2020 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., a compute sled 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2020 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1806, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1808.
  • The memory access manager 2030, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630, where the memory addresses are configured according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, the memory access manager 2030, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a memory mapper 2032, an interleaver 2034, a data writer 2036, and a data reader 2038.
  • The memory mapper 2032, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to receive an allocation request from a remote compute device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 or the orchestrator server 1620) to allocate one or more regions of pooled byte-addressable (e.g., addressable by one or more bytes, less than a block) memory (e.g., the memory 1670) to one or more compute sleds 1630 and produce address space data for each compute sled indicative of the pooled byte-addressable memory accessible to the compute sled. For example, the orchestrator server 1620, on behalf of the compute sled 1630, may specify an amount of memory to be allocated on the compute sled 1630. The pooled byte-addressable memory corresponds to each of the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 (e.g., the entire memory pool 1670). Further, the memory mapper 2032 is configured to verify parameters of any memory access or allocation requests from the compute sled 1630.
  • The interleaver 2034, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2004 and determine, as a function of the evaluation, an interleaving configuration of the address space data produced by the memory mapper 2032. For example, the interleave policy data 2004 may specify subsets of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 to interleave based on memory characteristics and QoS targets of the compute sled 1630, such as whether to use a given amount of memory devices, a given type of memory, and the like. Once determined, the interleaver 2034 configures the address space data according to the interleaving configuration. For instance, the interleaver 2034 may map the address space data to the one or more compute sleds such that each successive memory address maps to a different memory device via memory channels connecting with the memory devices.
  • The data writer 2036, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to write data to the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630) to perform a write operation at a memory address associated with the request. Similarly, the data reader 2038, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to read data from the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630) to perform a read operation at a memory address associated with the request.
  • It should be appreciated that each of the memory mapper 2032, the interleaver 2034, the data writer 2036, and the data reader 2038 may be separately embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof. For example, the memory mapper 2032 and interleaver 2034 may be embodied as hardware components, while the data writer 2036 and the data reader 2038 are embodied as virtualized hardware components or as some other combination of hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21, the compute sled 1630 may establish an environment 2100 during operation. The illustrative environment 2100 includes a network communicator 2120 and a memory interleaver 2130. Each of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2120, memory interleaver circuitry 2130, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2120 or memory interleaver circuitry 2130 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1702, processor 1704, the main memory 1706, the communication circuitry 1710, the I/O subsystem 1708 and/or other components of the compute sled 1630. In the illustrative embodiment, the environment 2100 includes memory map data 2102, which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between memory links of the processor 1704 to a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630. The environment 2100 also includes interleave policy data 2104, which may be embodied as policies for interleaving access to the logical address space via the memory links.
  • In the illustrative environment 2100, the network communicator 2120, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the compute sled 1630, respectively. To do so, the network communicator 2120 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630, the orchestrator server 1620, etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., memory sleds 1640 and 1650, the orchestrator server 1620, etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2120 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1710, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1712.
  • The memory interleaver 2130, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630, where the memory addresses are mapped according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, the memory interleaver 2130 includes a receiver component 2132, an evaluation component 2134, and a configuration component 2136.
  • The receiver component 2132, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to obtain an allocation of memory addresses associated with the memory pool 1670. More particularly, the receiver component 2132 may receive a notification from the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) of an allocation of logical memory address regions that provide access to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670. For instance, the memory sled 1640 may allocate the logical memory address regions in response to a request, such as from the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630, or from the compute sled 1630 itself.
  • The evaluation component 2134, in the illustrative embodiment is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2104 to determine an interleaving configuration for accessing each of the allocated memory addresses. For example, the interleave policy data 2104 may specify whether to use an n-way interleaving scheme to satisfy workload requirements. For each interleaving scheme, the interleave policy data 2104 may specify an amount of memory links from a given processor 1704 to use to access the memory devices at the allocated memory addresses.
  • The configuration component 2136, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to assign the allocated memory addresses to the memory links according to the evaluated interleave policy data 2104. For example, the evaluation component 2134 may determine that a 2-way interleaving should be used in view of the evaluated interleave policy data 2104 and performance targets (e.g., pursuant to a service level agreement) of one or more workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630. In such a case, the configuration component 2136 may specify a mapping (e.g., in the memory map data 2102) of a memory link A of the processor 1704 to a first address in the address space, memory link B to a second address, and so on, such that links A and B alternate in mapping for each successive allocated memory address. Once mapped, the memory interleaver 2130 (or other component on the compute sled 1630) may perform memory access operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 under the present interleaving configuration.
  • Referring now to FIG. 22, the orchestrator server 1620 may establish an environment 2200 during operation. The illustrative environment 2200 includes a network communicator 2220 and a resource manager 2230. Each of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2220, resource manager circuitry 2230, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2220 or resource manager circuitry 2230 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1902, the processor 1904, the main memory 1906, the communication circuitry 1910, the I/O subsystem 1908 and/or other components of the orchestrator server 1620. In the illustrative embodiment, the environment 2200 includes memory map data 2202, which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630. The environment 2200 also includes QoS data 2204, which may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a given compute sled 1630, user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on the compute sled 1630.
  • In the illustrative environment 2200, the network communicator 2220, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the orchestrator server 1620, respectively. To do so, the network communicator 2220 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630, the memory sled 1640 or 1650, etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system. Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2220 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1910, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1912.
  • The resource manager 2230, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to determine QoS performance targets (e.g., QoS data 2204) associated with a compute sled 1630, determine whether a present interleaving configuration by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 satisfies the QoS performance targets, and modify the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. To do so, the resource manager 2230 includes an evaluation component 2232, an adjuster component 2234, and an output component 2236.
  • The evaluation component 2232, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the QoS data 2204 associated with a compute sled 1630 relative to the present interleaving configuration provided by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630. In particular, the evaluation component 2232 may determine whether memory-related QoS targets are satisfied based on the present interleaving configuration. For example, the QoS data 2204 may specify memory throughput targets to be satisfied by the compute sled 1630. The evaluation component 2232 may obtain, via performance monitors executing in the system 1610, telemetry data relating to the execution of a given workload to determine present memory throughput. The evaluation component 2232 may further compare the present throughput value with the QoS data 2204 associated with a throughput target and determine whether the present value is in range of the target, exceeds a target threshold, or falls below a target threshold.
  • The adjuster component 2234, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to determine a modification to the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 in response to determining that the present interleaving configuration results in a deviation from targets specified by the QoS data 2204 for the compute sled 1630. For instance, if the evaluation component 2232 determines that a presently observed memory throughput falls below a corresponding QoS performance target by a specified threshold, the adjuster component 2234 may determine that additional memory devices (falling within the bounds of the QoS data 2204) should be included as part of the interleaving configuration. As another example, if the evaluation component 2232 determines that a presented observed memory throughput exceeds a corresponding QoS performance target by another specified threshold, then the adjuster component 2234 may determine that fewer memory devices should form the interleaving configuration. The adjuster component 2234 may determine the configuration as a function of characteristics of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 (e.g., type, speed, availability, etc.) and the QoS targets for the compute sled 1630.
  • The output component 2236, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to generate a notification for the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) to adjust the interleaving configuration according to the determined modification. The notification may include, for example, an instruction for the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels connecting to the memory devices to (or from) the compute sled 1630 and configure the interleaving for the presently allocated memory channels. Further, the output component 2236 is configured to send, to the compute sled 1630, a notification of the modification of the configuration.
  • Referring now to FIG. 23, the memory sled 1640 (or 1650), in operation, may execute a method 2300 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by a compute sled 1630. As shown, the method 2300 begins in block 2302, where the memory sled 1640 receives a request to allocate one or more memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to the compute sled 1630. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620, on behalf of the compute sled 1630, may send the request. The request may provide an amount to memory to be allocated, QoS performance targets for the compute sled 1630, and memory characteristics (e.g., CPU bandwidth, memory requirements for workloads to be processed) of the compute sled 1630.
  • In block 2304, the memory sled 1640 determines an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of the memory characteristics and QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630. In particular, in block 2306, the memory sled 1640 determines a CPU bandwidth and the QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630. For instance, the memory sled 1640 may obtain such information from the request sent by the orchestrator server 1620. Once determined, in block 2308, the memory sled 1640 identifies one or more available memory channels connecting to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 to interleave as a function of the determination. To do so, the memory sled 1640 may evaluate memory devices of the memory pool 1670 that are available to service the request. Further, the memory sled 1640 may determine, from the available memory devices, a subset of the available memory devices that potentially satisfy QoS performance targets (e.g., based on predefined characteristics of the memory device, such as input/output speed, memory capacity, etc.).
  • In block 2310, the memory sled 1640 configures memory pool resources (e.g., logical memory addresses each corresponding to a physical location on a given memory device in the memory pool 1670) according to the determined interleaving configuration. In particular, in block 2312, the memory sled 1640 exposes a logical address space having memory addresses corresponding to an interleaving of memory channels to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670. For example, the determined interleaving configuration may include channels connecting with a memory device A, a memory device B, or a memory device C. A first logical address may be mapped to memory device A, a second logical address may be mapped to memory device B, a third logical address may be mapped to memory device C, and so on, such that successive logical addresses alternative between memory devices A, B, and C.
  • In block 2314, the memory sled 1640 sends a notification of the allocation of the memory addresses to the compute sled 1630. The memory sled 1640 may also send the notification the orchestrator server 1620 in response to the request. Once allocated, in block 2316, the memory sled 1640 performs memory access operations on behalf of the compute sled 1630. For instance, in block 2318, the memory sled 1640 writes to the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has write permission. In block 2320, the memory sled 1640 reads from the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has read permission. Advantageously, the interleaving configuration allows the memory sled 1640 to access the memory at requested locations at a relatively faster rate than if the memory address space was allocated such that contiguous memory addresses were located on a single memory device due to possible waiting times on the memory device for subsequent memory operations.
  • Referring now to FIG. 24, the compute sled 1630, in operation, may execute a method 2400 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by the processor(s) of the compute sled 1630. As shown, the method 2400 begins in block 2402, where the compute sled 1630 receives an allocation of memory addresses from the memory sled 1640. The compute sled 1630 may receive the allocation in response to a request by the orchestrator server 1620 to the memory sled 1640 to provision the compute sled 1630.
  • In block 2404, the compute sled 1630 determines whether memory interleaving is currently enabled for use within the compute sled 1630. For instance, memory interleaving may be enabled as part of a service level agreement (SLA) for a given user or group of users having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630. If memory interleaving for use within the compute sled 1630 is not enabled, then the method 2400 ends. Otherwise, in block 2406, the compute sled 1630 determines a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more links of a given processor (e.g., a CPU 1680, 1682). In particular, in block 2408, the compute sled 1630 evaluates one or more interleaving policies associated with the processor. For example, an interleaving policy may indicate that, based on present workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630, a given n-way interleaving should be used.
  • In block 2410, the compute sled 1630 configures the interleaving as a function of the determination. In particular, in block 2412, the compute sled 1630 assigns each of the allocated memory addresses to one of the processor memory links according to the determined interleaving policy. The assignment is performed in an interleaved manner such that each contiguous address is assigned to a different memory link. Once assigned, in block 2414, the compute sled 1630 performs memory operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool using the configured interleaving. For example, the compute sled 1630 may send requests to the memory sled 1640 that includes the type of memory operation (e.g., read or write operation) and a memory address at which to perform the operation. By interleaving access to the memory pool 1670 by processor memory links for contiguous memory addresses, the compute sled 1630 enables relatively faster operations to be performed on the memory (e.g., by avoiding the wait time involved with using the same memory link to access the memory pool 1670 at contiguous addresses).
  • Referring now to FIG. 25, the orchestrator server 1620, in operation, may perform a method 2500 for adjusting an interleaving configuration by the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) for a given compute sled 1630 to satisfy one or more QoS performance targets. In block 2502, the orchestrator server 1620 determines one or more target QoS metrics for the compute sled 1630. For example, the orchestrator server 1620 may evaluate predefined QoS data (e.g., QoS data 2204) associated with the compute sled 1630 and identify one or more targets relating to memory performance, such as memory bandwidth, throughput, input/output speed, and the like.
  • In block 2504, the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates a present interleaving configuration of the compute sled 1630. As stated, the memory sled 1640 may send a notification of a present configuration of interleaving for a compute sled 1630 to the orchestrator server 1620 when memory is allocated to the compute sled 1630. Further, the orchestrator server 1620 may observe telemetry data during execution of workloads by the compute sled 1630 (e.g., using a performance monitor executing in the system 1610). The telemetry data may be indicative of memory utilization metrics. In block 2506, the orchestrator server 1620 determines, based on the notification provided by the memory sled 1640 and the present execution of the workloads by the compute sled 1630, whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS performance targets. For example, the orchestrator server 1620 determines whether presently observed metrics relating to memory fall within a specified target range, exceed a specified threshold, or fall below another specified threshold. If the present configuration satisfies the performance targets, then the method 2500 loops back to block 2504.
  • Otherwise, in block 2508, the orchestrator server 1620 modifies the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. In particular, in block 2510, the orchestrator server 1620 causes (e.g., sends an instruction to) the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels to the compute sled 1630 such that the QoS performance targets are satisfied. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that additional memory devices (falling within the scope of an SLA) should be included with the interleaving configuration. The orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to add those devices (e.g., by providing an identifier associated with the memory devices in the instruction). As another example, the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that some of the memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration should be removed therefrom. The orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to remove the identified devices (e.g., by identifiers associated with the memory devices). Further, in block 2512, the orchestrator server 1620 causes the memory sled 1640 to configure interleaving for the presently allocated channels. In turn, the memory pool controller 1660 may reconfigure the interleaving to reflect the change in memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration. In block 2514, the orchestrator server 1620 may send a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled 1630. Subsequently, the method 2500 returns to block 2504, in which the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates the modified interleaving configuration during execution of the one or more workloads by the compute sled 1630 and determine whether the modified interleaving configuration satisfies the one or more QoS performance targets.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Illustrative examples of the technologies disclosed herein are provided below. An embodiment of the technologies may include any one or more, and any combination of, the examples described below.
  • Example 1 includes a memory sled, comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • Example 3 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1 and 2, and wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 4 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-3, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 5 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-4, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 6 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-5, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 7 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-6, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 8 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-7, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 9 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-8, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 10 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-9, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 11 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-10, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 12 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-11, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to configure one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 13 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-12, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 14 includes a method comprising receiving, by a memory sled, a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, determining, by the memory sled, an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and configuring, by the memory sled, the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 15 includes the subject matter of Example 14, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • Example 16 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14 and 15, and wherein configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 17 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-16, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 18 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-17, and further including sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 19 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-18, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 20 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-19, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 21 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-20, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 22 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-21, and further including receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 23 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-22, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 24 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-23, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 25 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-24, and further including configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 26 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-25, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 27 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a memory sled to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 28 includes a memory sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 29 includes a memory sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
  • Example 30 includes a memory sled comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for receiving a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled; means for determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and means for configuring the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 31 includes the subject matter of Example 30, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises means for determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and means for identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
  • Example 32 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30 and 31, and wherein the means for configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises means for exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 33 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-32, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 34 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-33, and further including means for sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
  • Example 35 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-34, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 36 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-35, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 37 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-36, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
  • Example 38 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-37, and further including means for receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 39 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-38, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
  • Example 40 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-39, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 41 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-40, and further including means for configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 42 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-41, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 43 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine having a first processor and a second processor, the compute engine to (i) receive, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of the first processor or the second processor, and (iii) configure access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration comprises to evaluate one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 45 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43 and 44, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 46 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-45, and wherein the compute engine is further to assign access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 47 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-46, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 48 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-47, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 49 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-48, and wherein the compute engine is further to determine whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 50 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-49, and wherein the compute engine is further to send a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 51 includes a method comprising receiving, by a compute sled and from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute sled, an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and configuring, by the compute sled, access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 52 includes the subject matter of Example 51, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration comprises evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 53 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51 and 52, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 54 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-53, and further including assigning, by the compute sled, access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 55 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-54, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 56 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-55, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 57 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-56, and further including determining, by the compute sled, whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 58 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-57, and further including sending, by the compute sled, a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 59 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute sled to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 60 includes a compute sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 61 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
  • Example 62 includes a compute sled comprising means for receiving, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and means for configuring access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 63 includes the subject matter of Example 62, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration comprises means for evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 64 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62 and 63, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 65 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-64, and further including means for assigning access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
  • Example 66 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-65, and further including means for performing a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 67 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-66, and further including means for performing a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
  • Example 68 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-67, and further including means for determining whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
  • Example 69 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-68, and further including means for sending a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
  • Example 70 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to (i) determine a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS, and (iii) modify, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • Example 71 includes the subject matter of Example 70, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 72 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70 and 71, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 73 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-72, and wherein the compute engine is further to send, to the compute sled, a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration.
  • Example 74 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-73, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 75 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-74, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 76 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-75, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 77 includes a method comprising determining, by a compute device, a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute device, whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • Example 78 includes the subject matter of Example 77, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 79 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77 and 78, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 80 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-79, and further including sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
  • Example 81 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-80, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 82 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-81, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 83 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-82, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 84 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute device to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 85 includes a compute device comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 86 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
  • Example 87 includes a compute device comprising means for determining a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and means for modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
  • Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 89 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87 and 88, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
  • Example 90 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-89, and further including means for sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
  • Example 91 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-90, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 92 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-91, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 93 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-92, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
  • Example 94 includes a system comprising a compute sled; and a memory sled coupled to the compute sled, wherein the memory sled includes a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.

Claims (25)

1. A memory sled, comprising:
a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices;
a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to: (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
2. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to:
determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and
identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
3. The memory sled of claim 2, wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
4. The memory sled of claim 3, wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
5. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein the memory pool controller is further to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
6. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein the memory pool controller is further to:
receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and
write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
7. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein the memory pool controller is further to:
receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and
read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
8. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
9. The memory sled of claim 1, wherein the memory pool controller is further to:
receive, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
10. The memory sled of claim 9, wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
11. The memory sled of claim 9, wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
12. The memory sled of claim 11, wherein the memory pool controller is further to configure one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
13. The memory sled of claim 9, wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
14. One or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a memory sled to:
receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices,
determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and
configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
15. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 14, wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to:
determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and
identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
16. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 15, wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
17. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 16, wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
18. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 14, wherein the plurality of instructions further cause the memory sled to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
19. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 14, wherein the plurality of instructions further cause the memory sled to:
receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and
write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
20. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 14, wherein the plurality of instructions further cause the memory sled to:
receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and
read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
21. The one or more non-transitory machine-readable storage media of claim 14, wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
22. A method comprising:
receiving, by a memory sled, a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices,
determining, by the memory sled, an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and
configuring, by the memory sled, the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises:
determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and
identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
25. A system comprising:
a compute sled; and
a memory sled coupled to the compute sled, wherein the memory sled includes:
a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices;
a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to: (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
US15/868,492 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools Abandoned US20190042408A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/868,492 US20190042408A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IN201741030632 2017-08-30
IN201741030632 2017-08-30
US201762584401P 2017-11-10 2017-11-10
US15/868,492 US20190042408A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190042408A1 true US20190042408A1 (en) 2019-02-07

Family

ID=65037934

Family Applications (26)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/833,523 Abandoned US20190044809A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-06 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US15/856,220 Active 2038-02-10 US10554391B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for dynamically allocating data storage capacity for different data storage types
US15/856,858 Abandoned US20190034490A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for structured database query
US15/856,173 Active 2038-03-05 US10469252B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for efficiently managing allocation of memory in a shared memory pool
US15/856,556 Expired - Fee Related US10567166B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for dividing memory across socket partitions
US15/856,644 Expired - Fee Related US10728024B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for providing runtime code in an option ROM
US15/858,569 Abandoned US20190042126A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-29 Technologies for storage discovery and reallocation
US15/859,367 Active 2038-05-02 US10581596B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for managing errors in a remotely accessible memory pool
US15/859,387 Active 2039-08-29 US11050554B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for managing exact match hash table growth
US15/859,369 Active US10476670B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for providing remote access to a shared memory pool
US15/859,391 Active 2040-06-07 US11249816B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Pivot rack
US15/868,594 Abandoned US20190042611A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for structured database query for finding unique element values
US15/868,492 Abandoned US20190042408A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools
US15/912,733 Active 2039-08-23 US11025411B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-06 Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture
US15/922,502 Abandoned US20190042091A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-15 Technologies for providing efficient distributed data storage in a disaggregated architecture
US15/922,493 Abandoned US20190042090A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-15 Technologies for separating control plane management from data plane management for distributed storage in a disaggregated architecture
US15/941,114 Abandoned US20190052457A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-30 Technologies for providing efficient sharing of encrypted data in a disaggregated architecture
US16/045,345 Active US10756886B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-07-25 Technologies for load balancing a network
US17/001,502 Active 2038-09-30 US11588624B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2020-08-24 Technologies for load balancing a network
US17/332,733 Active 2038-03-14 US11522682B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-05-27 Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture
US17/344,253 Active 2038-08-11 US11843691B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-06-10 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US17/391,549 Abandoned US20220012105A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-08-02 Technologies for allocating resources across data centers
US17/871,429 Active 2038-04-02 US11888967B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2022-07-22 Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection
US18/238,096 Pending US20230421358A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-08-25 Technologies for allocating resources across data centers
US18/241,748 Pending US20230412365A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-09-01 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US18/542,308 Pending US20240195605A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-12-15 Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection

Family Applications Before (12)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/833,523 Abandoned US20190044809A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-06 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US15/856,220 Active 2038-02-10 US10554391B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for dynamically allocating data storage capacity for different data storage types
US15/856,858 Abandoned US20190034490A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for structured database query
US15/856,173 Active 2038-03-05 US10469252B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for efficiently managing allocation of memory in a shared memory pool
US15/856,556 Expired - Fee Related US10567166B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for dividing memory across socket partitions
US15/856,644 Expired - Fee Related US10728024B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-28 Technologies for providing runtime code in an option ROM
US15/858,569 Abandoned US20190042126A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-29 Technologies for storage discovery and reallocation
US15/859,367 Active 2038-05-02 US10581596B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for managing errors in a remotely accessible memory pool
US15/859,387 Active 2039-08-29 US11050554B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for managing exact match hash table growth
US15/859,369 Active US10476670B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Technologies for providing remote access to a shared memory pool
US15/859,391 Active 2040-06-07 US11249816B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2017-12-30 Pivot rack
US15/868,594 Abandoned US20190042611A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-01-11 Technologies for structured database query for finding unique element values

Family Applications After (13)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/912,733 Active 2039-08-23 US11025411B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-06 Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture
US15/922,502 Abandoned US20190042091A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-15 Technologies for providing efficient distributed data storage in a disaggregated architecture
US15/922,493 Abandoned US20190042090A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-15 Technologies for separating control plane management from data plane management for distributed storage in a disaggregated architecture
US15/941,114 Abandoned US20190052457A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-03-30 Technologies for providing efficient sharing of encrypted data in a disaggregated architecture
US16/045,345 Active US10756886B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2018-07-25 Technologies for load balancing a network
US17/001,502 Active 2038-09-30 US11588624B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2020-08-24 Technologies for load balancing a network
US17/332,733 Active 2038-03-14 US11522682B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-05-27 Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture
US17/344,253 Active 2038-08-11 US11843691B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-06-10 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US17/391,549 Abandoned US20220012105A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2021-08-02 Technologies for allocating resources across data centers
US17/871,429 Active 2038-04-02 US11888967B2 (en) 2017-08-30 2022-07-22 Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection
US18/238,096 Pending US20230421358A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-08-25 Technologies for allocating resources across data centers
US18/241,748 Pending US20230412365A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-09-01 Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US18/542,308 Pending US20240195605A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2023-12-15 Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (26) US20190044809A1 (en)
EP (5) EP3823245A1 (en)
JP (1) JP7214394B2 (en)
CN (13) CN109426455A (en)
DE (1) DE102018212479A1 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10579548B2 (en) * 2018-03-29 2020-03-03 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Adaptive interleaving of data transfer requests
US10785549B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-09-22 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US10990517B1 (en) * 2019-01-28 2021-04-27 Xilinx, Inc. Configurable overlay on wide memory channels for efficient memory access
US11137922B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2021-10-05 Intel Corporation Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture
US20220103290A1 (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-03-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Interleaver design for noncoherent reed muller codes
US20220171549A1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2022-06-02 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth
US20230046403A1 (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-device processing activity allocation
US20230134639A1 (en) * 2021-11-04 2023-05-04 SK Hynix Inc. Storage device and operating method thereof
US20240037029A1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Client allocation of memory across memory servers
US20240143498A1 (en) * 2022-10-27 2024-05-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods, devices, and systems for allocating memory space
US11989135B2 (en) * 2020-02-10 2024-05-21 Intel Corporation Programmable address range engine for larger region sizes
US20240289034A1 (en) * 2023-02-28 2024-08-29 SK Hynix Inc. Computing system and method of operating the same

Families Citing this family (140)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9367562B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2016-06-14 Google Inc. Distributing data on distributed storage systems
US9448887B1 (en) * 2015-08-22 2016-09-20 Weka.IO Ltd. Distributed erasure coded virtual file system
US11016832B2 (en) * 2016-11-29 2021-05-25 Intel Corporation Cloud-based scale-up system composition
US11153164B2 (en) 2017-01-04 2021-10-19 International Business Machines Corporation Live, in-line hardware component upgrades in disaggregated systems
US10534598B2 (en) 2017-01-04 2020-01-14 International Business Machines Corporation Rolling upgrades in disaggregated systems
WO2018173164A1 (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-09-27 株式会社日立製作所 Data processing system
US11030126B2 (en) * 2017-07-14 2021-06-08 Intel Corporation Techniques for managing access to hardware accelerator memory
US20190044809A1 (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-02-07 Intel Corporation Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US10298496B1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2019-05-21 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Packet processing cache
US10726930B2 (en) 2017-10-06 2020-07-28 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Method and system for a storage (SSD) drive-level failure and health prediction leveraging machine learning on internal parametric data
JP6757708B2 (en) * 2017-10-31 2020-09-23 株式会社日立製作所 Information processing device and component management method
US11262912B2 (en) * 2017-11-13 2022-03-01 Weka.IO Ltd. File operations in a distributed storage system
US11050574B2 (en) * 2017-11-29 2021-06-29 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Authentication based on physically unclonable functions
US11317542B2 (en) 2017-12-30 2022-04-26 Intel Corporation Technologies for improving processor thermal design power
EP3744066B1 (en) * 2018-01-28 2024-10-09 Drivenets Ltd. Method and device for improving bandwidth utilization in a communication network
US10990554B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2021-04-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Mechanism to identify FPGA and SSD pairing in a multi-device environment
US10635609B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2020-04-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for supporting erasure code data protection with embedded PCIE switch inside FPGA+SSD
US20240095196A1 (en) * 2018-03-02 2024-03-21 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for supporting erasure code data protection with embedded pcie switch inside fpga+ssd
US10838647B2 (en) * 2018-03-14 2020-11-17 Intel Corporation Adaptive data migration across disaggregated memory resources
US11108697B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2021-08-31 Intel Corporation Technologies for controlling jitter at network packet egress
US10776509B2 (en) * 2018-04-13 2020-09-15 Mastercard International Incorporated Computer-implemented methods, systems comprising computer-readable media, and electronic devices for secure multi-datasource query job status notification
US11330042B2 (en) * 2018-05-17 2022-05-10 International Business Machines Corporation Optimizing dynamic resource allocations for storage-dependent workloads in disaggregated data centers
US10552185B2 (en) * 2018-05-24 2020-02-04 International Business Machines Corporation Lightweight and precise value profiling
US10656990B2 (en) * 2018-06-13 2020-05-19 Nutanix, Inc. Dynamically adjusting reserve portion and allocation portions of disaster recovery site in a virtual computing system
US10846070B2 (en) * 2018-07-05 2020-11-24 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Facilitating cloud native edge computing via behavioral intelligence
US10831411B2 (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation Storage controller with OCS for managing active-passive backend storage arrays
US11586514B2 (en) * 2018-08-13 2023-02-21 Stratus Technologies Ireland Ltd. High reliability fault tolerant computer architecture
CN109325494B (en) * 2018-08-27 2021-09-17 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Picture processing method, task data processing method and device
US11182322B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2021-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient component communication through resource rewiring in disaggregated datacenters
US10915493B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2021-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation Component building blocks and optimized compositions thereof in disaggregated datacenters
US10802988B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2020-10-13 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic memory-based communication in disaggregated datacenters
US11650849B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2023-05-16 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient component communication through accelerator switching in disaggregated datacenters
US10831698B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2020-11-10 International Business Machines Corporation Maximizing high link bandwidth utilization through efficient component communication in disaggregated datacenters
US11012423B2 (en) 2018-09-25 2021-05-18 International Business Machines Corporation Maximizing resource utilization through efficient component communication in disaggregated datacenters
US11163713B2 (en) * 2018-09-25 2021-11-02 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient component communication through protocol switching in disaggregated datacenters
US10901893B2 (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-01-26 International Business Machines Corporation Memory bandwidth management for performance-sensitive IaaS
US11096284B2 (en) * 2018-10-01 2021-08-17 Intel Corporation Compact semiconductor chip system and method
US11023155B2 (en) 2018-10-29 2021-06-01 International Business Machines Corporation Processing event messages for changed data objects to determine a storage pool to store the changed data objects
US10983985B2 (en) * 2018-10-29 2021-04-20 International Business Machines Corporation Determining a storage pool to store changed data objects indicated in a database
US11379488B2 (en) * 2018-11-07 2022-07-05 Sap Se Energy-efficient decay algorithm for non-volatile memories
US11429674B2 (en) 2018-11-15 2022-08-30 International Business Machines Corporation Processing event messages for data objects to determine data to redact from a database
US11409900B2 (en) 2018-11-15 2022-08-09 International Business Machines Corporation Processing event messages for data objects in a message queue to determine data to redact
FR3092218B1 (en) * 2019-01-28 2023-12-22 Ateme Data communication method, and system for implementing the method
US11023324B2 (en) * 2019-01-31 2021-06-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Harmonization of failure domains in a distributed system
US10983948B2 (en) * 2019-03-07 2021-04-20 Raytheon Company Reconfigurable computing appliance
JP7305990B2 (en) * 2019-03-12 2023-07-11 富士通株式会社 Transfer program, transfer method, and information processing device
US20190235773A1 (en) * 2019-04-09 2019-08-01 Mark Schmisseur Concept for accessing computer memory of a memory pool
SG11202111158SA (en) * 2019-04-25 2021-11-29 Liveperson Inc Smart capacity for workload routing
US11088967B2 (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-08-10 Intel Corporation Shared resources for multiple communication traffics
DK180371B1 (en) 2019-05-20 2021-02-11 Mountain Top Ind Aps A lid arrangement for a canister for a rollup truck bed cover
EP3942747A4 (en) 2019-05-23 2023-05-24 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP Systems and methods for on the fly routing in the presence of errors
US11397653B2 (en) 2019-05-29 2022-07-26 Intel Corporation Technologies for fast recovery of distributed storage systems on disaggregated storage
US10970309B2 (en) * 2019-06-05 2021-04-06 Advanced New Technologies Co., Ltd. Data storage method and apparatus
CN110209249A (en) * 2019-06-06 2019-09-06 英业达科技有限公司 The casing of server
US11074177B2 (en) * 2019-06-19 2021-07-27 Micron Technology, Inc. Garbage collection adapted to host write activity
US11049570B2 (en) * 2019-06-26 2021-06-29 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic writes-per-day adjustment for storage drives
US11163482B2 (en) 2019-06-26 2021-11-02 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic performance-class adjustment for storage drives
US11137915B2 (en) 2019-06-27 2021-10-05 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic logical storage capacity adjustment for storage drives
US10949362B2 (en) * 2019-06-28 2021-03-16 Intel Corporation Technologies for facilitating remote memory requests in accelerator devices
EP3981150A4 (en) 2019-07-09 2022-08-03 Beijing Bytedance Network Technology Co., Ltd. Sample determination for adaptive loop filtering
BR112022000542A2 (en) 2019-07-11 2022-03-15 Beijing Bytedance Network Tech Co Ltd Video data processing method, apparatus for processing video data, computer readable non-transient recording and storage media
US11803773B2 (en) * 2019-07-30 2023-10-31 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Machine learning-based anomaly detection using time series decomposition
US10925166B1 (en) * 2019-08-07 2021-02-16 Quanta Computer Inc. Protection fixture
US20200136921A1 (en) * 2019-09-28 2020-04-30 Intel Corporation Methods, system, articles of manufacture, and apparatus to manage telemetry data in an edge environment
US11550617B2 (en) 2019-10-16 2023-01-10 Intel Corporation Disaggregated rack mount storage side transaction support
US12086446B2 (en) 2019-10-21 2024-09-10 Intel Corporation Memory and storage pool interfaces
US11782810B2 (en) * 2019-11-22 2023-10-10 Dell Products, L.P. Systems and methods for automated field replacement component configuration
US11861219B2 (en) 2019-12-12 2024-01-02 Intel Corporation Buffer to reduce write amplification of misaligned write operations
WO2021137885A1 (en) * 2020-01-02 2021-07-08 Level 3 Communications, Llc Systems and methods for storing content items in secondary storage
US11483246B2 (en) 2020-01-13 2022-10-25 Vmware, Inc. Tenant-specific quality of service
US11561916B2 (en) * 2020-01-13 2023-01-24 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Processing task deployment in adapter devices and accelerators
US11275705B2 (en) * 2020-01-28 2022-03-15 Dell Products L.P. Rack switch coupling system
US10853548B1 (en) * 2020-02-11 2020-12-01 Capital One Services, Llc Reconfiguration of hardware components of an integrated circuit
US11599395B2 (en) * 2020-02-19 2023-03-07 Vmware, Inc. Dynamic core allocation
US11436367B2 (en) 2020-02-25 2022-09-06 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Pre-operating system environment-based sanitization of storage devices
US11115497B2 (en) * 2020-03-25 2021-09-07 Intel Corporation Technologies for providing advanced resource management in a disaggregated environment
US11509079B2 (en) * 2020-04-06 2022-11-22 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Blind mate connections with different sets of datums
US11360681B2 (en) * 2020-05-27 2022-06-14 Xiaoliang Zhao Systems and methods for scalable shared memory among networked devices comprising IP addressable memory blocks
US11962518B2 (en) 2020-06-02 2024-04-16 VMware LLC Hardware acceleration techniques using flow selection
US11522917B2 (en) * 2020-06-10 2022-12-06 Arista Networks, Inc. Scalable network processing segmentation
US11539633B2 (en) 2020-08-31 2022-12-27 Vmware, Inc. Determining whether to rate limit traffic
US11853798B2 (en) * 2020-09-03 2023-12-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Disaggregated memory pool assignment
JP7527910B2 (en) * 2020-09-16 2024-08-05 キオクシア株式会社 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD
US11593278B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-02-28 Vmware, Inc. Using machine executing on a NIC to access a third party storage not supported by a NIC or host
US12021759B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2024-06-25 VMware LLC Packet processing with hardware offload units
US11792134B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-10-17 Vmware, Inc. Configuring PNIC to perform flow processing offload using virtual port identifiers
US11875172B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2024-01-16 VMware LLC Bare metal computer for booting copies of VM images on multiple computing devices using a smart NIC
US11636053B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-04-25 Vmware, Inc. Emulating a local storage by accessing an external storage through a shared port of a NIC
US11716383B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2023-08-01 Vmware, Inc. Accessing multiple external storages to present an emulated local storage through a NIC
US11392740B2 (en) * 2020-12-18 2022-07-19 SambaNova Systems, Inc. Dataflow function offload to reconfigurable processors
US20220231933A1 (en) * 2021-01-20 2022-07-21 Nvidia Corporation Performing network congestion control utilizing reinforcement learning
JP2024504171A (en) 2021-01-25 2024-01-30 ボリュームズ テクノロジーズ リミテッド Operating system-based storage methods and systems
CN114911725A (en) * 2021-02-10 2022-08-16 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system
US11509590B2 (en) * 2021-02-17 2022-11-22 Juniper Networks, Inc. Determining network device statistics associated with fast counters and slow counters
US11785735B2 (en) * 2021-02-19 2023-10-10 CyberSecure IPS, LLC Intelligent cable patching of racks to facilitate cable installation
CN115080258A (en) * 2021-03-11 2022-09-20 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission system and related equipment
US11863613B1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2024-01-02 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Allocation of workloads in dynamic worker fleet
CN117203615A (en) 2021-04-09 2023-12-08 微软技术许可有限责任公司 Extending host policies via distribution
US11757782B2 (en) * 2021-04-09 2023-09-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Architectures for disaggregating SDN from the host
US11799785B2 (en) 2021-04-09 2023-10-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Hardware-based packet flow processing
CN113127173B (en) * 2021-04-21 2021-09-24 浙江大学 Heterogeneous sensing cluster scheduling method and device
US20220361354A1 (en) * 2021-05-10 2022-11-10 Vertiv It Systems, Inc. Supplemental component mounting platform for equipment rack
CN113347230B (en) * 2021-05-13 2022-09-06 长沙星融元数据技术有限公司 Load balancing method, device, equipment and medium based on programmable switch
US20210271517A1 (en) * 2021-05-19 2021-09-02 Intel Corporation Resource selection based in part on workload
US11799784B2 (en) 2021-06-08 2023-10-24 Vmware, Inc. Virtualized QoS support in software defined networks
US20220417138A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 Oracle International Corporation Routing policies for graphical processing units
US11537457B2 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-27 Intel Corporation Low latency remoting to accelerators
US11669529B2 (en) * 2021-07-13 2023-06-06 Capital One Services, Llc Dynamic query allocation to virtual warehouses
US11914595B2 (en) 2021-07-13 2024-02-27 Capital One Services, Llc Virtual warehouse query monitoring and reporting
US11494413B1 (en) 2021-07-13 2022-11-08 Capital One Services, Llc Query alerts generation for virtual warehouse
US11825354B2 (en) 2021-08-04 2023-11-21 Dish Wireless L.L.C. Customer specific network slicing
US11871547B2 (en) 2021-09-02 2024-01-09 Baidu Usa Llc Two phase system for enclosure systems
US11910575B2 (en) * 2021-09-02 2024-02-20 Baidu Usa Llc Rack systems and packaging for servers
US20220014551A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2022-01-13 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus to reduce risk of denial of service resource acquisition attacks in a data center
US20230112448A1 (en) * 2021-10-12 2023-04-13 Seagate Technology Llc Computational storage drive using fpga implemented interface
US11650745B1 (en) * 2021-10-29 2023-05-16 Oracle International Corporation Increased data processing performance of a non-volatile memory express (NVME) block store
US11880568B2 (en) 2021-11-17 2024-01-23 Seagate Technology Llc On demand configuration of FPGA interfaces
US11954345B2 (en) * 2021-12-03 2024-04-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Two-level indexing for key-value persistent storage device
US20220116487A1 (en) * 2021-12-20 2022-04-14 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus to perform operations on multiple segments of a data packet in a network interface controller
US11995024B2 (en) 2021-12-22 2024-05-28 VMware LLC State sharing between smart NICs
US11863376B2 (en) 2021-12-22 2024-01-02 Vmware, Inc. Smart NIC leader election
US11934255B2 (en) * 2022-01-04 2024-03-19 Bank Of America Corporation System and method for improving memory resource allocations in database blocks for executing tasks
US20230214337A1 (en) * 2022-01-06 2023-07-06 Vmware, Inc. Methods and systems for extablishing direct communications between a server computer and a smart network interface controller
US11924029B2 (en) 2022-01-07 2024-03-05 Dell Products L.P. System for scoring data center application program interfaces
US11842179B2 (en) 2022-01-07 2023-12-12 Dell Products L.P. System for automatically generating customer specific data center application program interfaces
US11922229B2 (en) 2022-01-10 2024-03-05 Dell Products L.P. System for determining data center application program interface readiness
US11593189B1 (en) * 2022-01-14 2023-02-28 Dell Products L.P. Configuring new storage systems based on write endurance
US11848835B2 (en) * 2022-01-20 2023-12-19 Dell Products L.P. System for quantifying data center infrastructure utilization units
KR102711804B1 (en) * 2022-01-26 2024-10-02 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for controlling refresh peroid of extended memory pool
CN114442792A (en) * 2022-02-09 2022-05-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for adjusting operating frequency of processor and storage medium
US20230038307A1 (en) * 2022-04-06 2023-02-09 Intel Corporation Network interface device feedback for adaptive and failover multipath routing
US11924115B2 (en) * 2022-05-20 2024-03-05 Ipco 2012 Limited Systems and methods for use in balancing network resources
US11899594B2 (en) 2022-06-21 2024-02-13 VMware LLC Maintenance of data message classification cache on smart NIC
US11928062B2 (en) 2022-06-21 2024-03-12 VMware LLC Accelerating data message classification with smart NICs
US11928367B2 (en) 2022-06-21 2024-03-12 VMware LLC Logical memory addressing for network devices
US20240020357A1 (en) * 2022-07-15 2024-01-18 Vmware, Inc. Keyless licensing in a multi-cloud computing system
CN115130666B (en) * 2022-08-31 2022-11-22 之江实验室 Two-dimensional photon convolution acceleration method and system
US20240163171A1 (en) * 2022-11-08 2024-05-16 Dell Products L.P. Logical network resource allocation and creation
US12132632B2 (en) * 2022-11-18 2024-10-29 Dell Products L.P. Unified performance metric for identifying data center utilization
CN117200422B (en) * 2023-11-08 2024-03-19 深圳市胜威南方科技有限公司 PDU power supply equipment for power supply of communication system

Family Cites Families (239)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3583625A (en) 1968-10-25 1971-06-08 Gabriel Gero Cigarette dispensing package
US4258967A (en) * 1979-11-02 1981-03-31 Digital Equipment Corporation Integral pivot and lock apparatus for slide rack mounted boxes
JPH0731402Y2 (en) * 1987-06-15 1995-07-19 パイオニア株式会社 Cartridge storage disk player
JPS6450274A (en) * 1987-08-21 1989-02-27 Pioneer Electronic Corp Auto-changer type disk player
DE68923893T2 (en) * 1988-03-31 1996-02-15 At & T Corp Interface protocol between user and network for a packet communication network.
US5123045A (en) * 1989-08-18 1992-06-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Comprehensive software protection system
US5226714A (en) * 1992-05-26 1993-07-13 Wright Jack V Pivoting drawer slide system
JP3215237B2 (en) * 1993-10-01 2001-10-02 富士通株式会社 Storage device and method for writing / erasing storage device
US5469335A (en) * 1994-11-14 1995-11-21 Compaq Computer Corporation Power distribution connector apparatus for back-to-back sandwiched circuit boards
US5584396A (en) * 1995-05-17 1996-12-17 Dell Usa Lp Sliding pivoting storage apparatus
US6179489B1 (en) * 1997-04-04 2001-01-30 Texas Instruments Incorporated Devices, methods, systems and software products for coordination of computer main microprocessor and second microprocessor coupled thereto
US5822582A (en) * 1996-07-19 1998-10-13 Compaq Computer Corporation Boot drive selection and hibernation file detection
US6298370B1 (en) * 1997-04-04 2001-10-02 Texas Instruments Incorporated Computer operating process allocating tasks between first and second processors at run time based upon current processor load
US6105119A (en) * 1997-04-04 2000-08-15 Texas Instruments Incorporated Data transfer circuitry, DSP wrapper circuitry and improved processor devices, methods and systems
US5974518A (en) * 1997-04-10 1999-10-26 Milgo Solutions, Inc. Smart buffer size adaptation apparatus and method
US6181549B1 (en) * 1997-06-24 2001-01-30 Dell Products, L.P. Chassis retaining system for an electronics rack
US6393483B1 (en) 1997-06-30 2002-05-21 Adaptec, Inc. Method and apparatus for network interface card load balancing and port aggregation
US7133940B2 (en) 1997-10-14 2006-11-07 Alacritech, Inc. Network interface device employing a DMA command queue
US6434620B1 (en) 1998-08-27 2002-08-13 Alacritech, Inc. TCP/IP offload network interface device
US6082845A (en) * 1998-05-29 2000-07-04 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Tiltable electronics cabinet
WO1999063438A1 (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-09 Mylex Corporation Apparatus, system and method for n-way raid controller
US6223271B1 (en) * 1998-07-15 2001-04-24 Compaq Computer Corp. System and method for detecting system memory size using ROM based paging tables
US7664883B2 (en) * 1998-08-28 2010-02-16 Alacritech, Inc. Network interface device that fast-path processes solicited session layer read commands
US6714549B1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2004-03-30 Worldcom, Inc. High resiliency network infrastructure
US6356951B1 (en) * 1999-03-01 2002-03-12 Sun Microsystems, Inc. System for parsing a packet for conformity with a predetermined protocol using mask and comparison values included in a parsing instruction
US6493756B1 (en) * 1999-10-28 2002-12-10 Networks Associates, Inc. System and method for dynamically sensing an asynchronous network event within a modular framework for network event processing
US6484224B1 (en) 1999-11-29 2002-11-19 Cisco Technology Inc. Multi-interface symmetric multiprocessor
US6816963B1 (en) * 2000-01-31 2004-11-09 Intel Corporation Platform level initialization using an image generated automatically by a remote server based upon description automatically generated and transmitted thereto by a processor-based system
US6459571B1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2002-10-01 Bull Hn Information Systems Inc. Packaging system for mass memory units
US6990685B1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2006-01-24 Dell Products L.P. System and method for tracking bootable devices
US20020064164A1 (en) * 2000-10-06 2002-05-30 Barany Peter A. Protocol header construction and/or removal for messages in wireless communications
US6498716B1 (en) * 2001-08-21 2002-12-24 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. DC main power distribution
EP1446994A4 (en) * 2001-10-30 2006-05-17 Egenera Inc Simplified power and data connector for use with chassis system that house multiple processors
US6968414B2 (en) * 2001-12-04 2005-11-22 International Business Machines Corporation Monitoring insertion/removal of server blades in a data processing system
US6657867B2 (en) * 2001-12-14 2003-12-02 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Lp. Hinged door for access to add-in cards
US20030172205A1 (en) * 2002-01-11 2003-09-11 Bastian Richard Henry Methods and components for mechanical computer
US7100031B1 (en) * 2002-03-27 2006-08-29 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Detector and operational method for a firmware interface
US7257105B2 (en) * 2002-10-03 2007-08-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. L2 method for a wireless station to locate and associate with a wireless network in communication with a Mobile IP agent
US7610582B2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2009-10-27 Sap Ag Managing a computer system with blades
US20040249932A1 (en) * 2003-06-05 2004-12-09 Bunz Shain W. System and method for generating event notifications
US7467417B2 (en) * 2003-06-18 2008-12-16 Architecture Technology Corporation Active verification of boot firmware
US7864806B2 (en) 2004-01-06 2011-01-04 Broadcom Corp. Method and system for transmission control packet (TCP) segmentation offload
US7120778B2 (en) * 2004-02-18 2006-10-10 Intel Corporation Option ROM virtualization
US9264384B1 (en) * 2004-07-22 2016-02-16 Oracle International Corporation Resource virtualization mechanism including virtual host bus adapters
EP1630657A1 (en) * 2004-08-30 2006-03-01 STMicroelectronics S.r.l. Embedded storage device with integrated data-management functions and storage system incorporating it
US7469241B2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2008-12-23 Oracle International Corporation Efficient data aggregation operations using hash tables
US7386758B2 (en) * 2005-01-13 2008-06-10 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for reconstructing data in object-based storage arrays
US7500573B1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2009-03-10 Flynn James T Saddle rack and harness rack lift
CN1809054A (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-07-26 华为技术有限公司 SIP message based text decoder
US7562366B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2009-07-14 Solarflare Communications, Inc. Transmit completion event batching
US7330965B2 (en) * 2005-02-09 2008-02-12 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-tiered boot list
US7577151B2 (en) * 2005-04-01 2009-08-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for providing a network connection table
US7574623B1 (en) * 2005-04-29 2009-08-11 Network Appliance, Inc. Method and system for rapidly recovering data from a “sick” disk in a RAID disk group
US7460758B2 (en) * 2005-06-03 2008-12-02 Telect Inc. Fiber management system
US7584347B2 (en) * 2005-06-10 2009-09-01 Dell Products L.P. System and method for identifying bootable device by generating a signature for each bootable device where the signature is independent of a location of the bootable device
US8713180B2 (en) * 2005-06-22 2014-04-29 Cisco Technology, Inc. Zero-copy network and file offload for web and application servers
US7791890B2 (en) * 2005-10-07 2010-09-07 Nec Corporation Computer system
JP2007133807A (en) * 2005-11-14 2007-05-31 Hitachi Ltd Data processing system, storage device, and management unit
US7423870B2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2008-09-09 International Business Machines Corporation Blade server assembly
US7500073B1 (en) * 2006-03-29 2009-03-03 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Relocation of virtual-to-physical mappings
US20070233928A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Robert Gough Mechanism and apparatus for dynamically providing required resources for a hot-added PCI express endpoint or hierarchy
US7747749B1 (en) * 2006-05-05 2010-06-29 Google Inc. Systems and methods of efficiently preloading documents to client devices
US20080002711A1 (en) * 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 Bugenhagen Michael K System and method for access state based service options
US7987438B2 (en) * 2006-08-10 2011-07-26 International Business Machines Corporation Structure for initializing expansion adapters installed in a computer system having similar expansion adapters
JP4949804B2 (en) * 2006-11-07 2012-06-13 株式会社日立製作所 Integrated management computer, storage device management method, and computer system
JP4723470B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2011-07-13 株式会社日立製作所 Computer system and its chipset
US8464024B2 (en) * 2007-04-27 2013-06-11 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Virtual address hashing
US8644151B2 (en) * 2007-05-22 2014-02-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Processing packet flows
CN101330446B (en) * 2007-06-21 2012-05-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for analyzing frame protocol layer frame of enhanced special transmission channel
US7724668B2 (en) * 2007-06-27 2010-05-25 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Bandwidth-based admission control mechanism
US7793071B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2010-09-07 Intel Corporation Method and system for reducing cache conflicts
US8151081B2 (en) * 2007-12-20 2012-04-03 Intel Corporation Method, system and apparatus for memory address mapping for sub-socket partitioning
FI123966B (en) * 2008-02-04 2014-01-15 Tellabs Oy Data communication device
US8610727B1 (en) * 2008-03-14 2013-12-17 Marvell International Ltd. Dynamic processing core selection for pre- and post-processing of multimedia workloads
US7801046B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2010-09-21 Oracle America, Inc. Method and system for bandwidth control on a network interface card
WO2009150810A1 (en) * 2008-06-09 2009-12-17 パナソニック株式会社 Access device and method for calculating remaining capacity
US8086838B2 (en) * 2008-08-13 2011-12-27 Dell Products L.P. Methods and systems for providing manufacturing mode detection and functionality in a UEFI BIOS
US8230442B2 (en) * 2008-09-05 2012-07-24 International Business Machines Corporation Executing an accelerator application program in a hybrid computing environment
US7921230B2 (en) * 2008-09-08 2011-04-05 International Business Corporation USB devices pre-configuration for KVM switch
US20100061207A1 (en) * 2008-09-09 2010-03-11 Seagate Technology Llc Data storage device including self-test features
TWI378384B (en) * 2008-10-15 2012-12-01 Phison Electronics Corp Mother board system, storage device for booting up thereof and connector
US8024719B2 (en) * 2008-11-03 2011-09-20 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Bounded hash table sorting in a dynamic program profiling system
CN102265560B (en) 2008-12-25 2014-07-09 三菱电机株式会社 Communication management device, communication device, and communication method
US8112491B1 (en) 2009-01-16 2012-02-07 F5 Networks, Inc. Methods and systems for providing direct DMA
US8103809B1 (en) 2009-01-16 2012-01-24 F5 Networks, Inc. Network devices with multiple direct memory access channels and methods thereof
JP5393199B2 (en) * 2009-03-02 2014-01-22 キヤノン株式会社 Start control method and apparatus
US8266506B2 (en) * 2009-04-18 2012-09-11 Alcatel Lucent Method and apparatus for multiset membership testing using combinatorial bloom filters
JP5447514B2 (en) * 2009-06-01 2014-03-19 富士通株式会社 Electronic unit and electronic system
WO2011002437A1 (en) * 2009-06-29 2011-01-06 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Memory agent to access memory blade as part of the cache coherency domain
US8910153B2 (en) * 2009-07-13 2014-12-09 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L. P. Managing virtualized accelerators using admission control, load balancing and scheduling
US8560798B2 (en) * 2009-07-30 2013-10-15 Cleversafe, Inc. Dispersed storage network virtual address space
US8832142B2 (en) * 2010-08-30 2014-09-09 Oracle International Corporation Query and exadata support for hybrid columnar compressed data
US9298662B2 (en) * 2009-12-08 2016-03-29 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Providing expansion card settings
US8743877B2 (en) * 2009-12-21 2014-06-03 Steven L. Pope Header processing engine
JP5292321B2 (en) * 2010-01-13 2013-09-18 アラクサラネットワークス株式会社 Communication device
US8473567B2 (en) * 2010-03-29 2013-06-25 Intel Corporation Generating a packet including multiple operation codes
US9754266B2 (en) * 2010-04-21 2017-09-05 Excalibur Ip, Llc Online serving threshold and delivery policy adjustment
US8504718B2 (en) * 2010-04-28 2013-08-06 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for a context layer switch
US9300576B2 (en) * 2010-05-03 2016-03-29 Pluribus Networks Inc. Methods, systems, and fabrics implementing a distributed network operating system
US8898324B2 (en) * 2010-06-24 2014-11-25 International Business Machines Corporation Data access management in a hybrid memory server
CN102141825B (en) * 2010-07-09 2013-01-02 华为技术有限公司 Cabinet-level server system
US8909749B2 (en) * 2010-07-26 2014-12-09 International Business Macines Corporation Predictive context-based virtual workspace placement
TWI406624B (en) * 2010-11-11 2013-08-21 Inventec Corp Server
US10033585B2 (en) * 2010-12-15 2018-07-24 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus related to a switch fabric system having a multi-hop distributed control plane and a single-hop data plane
US8812746B2 (en) * 2010-12-16 2014-08-19 Intel Corporation Dynamically configurable device host controller
US8582299B1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2013-11-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System with movable computing devices
US8832674B2 (en) * 2011-02-24 2014-09-09 Software Ag Usa, Inc. Off-heap direct-memory data stores, methods of creating and/or managing off-heap direct-memory data stores, and/or systems including off-heap direct-memory data store
WO2012120557A1 (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-13 株式会社日立製作所 Network management device, network management method and network management system
US9405550B2 (en) * 2011-03-31 2016-08-02 International Business Machines Corporation Methods for the transmission of accelerator commands and corresponding command structure to remote hardware accelerator engines over an interconnect link
US9645628B1 (en) * 2011-05-09 2017-05-09 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Combined data storage and computing appliance that provides scalable storage in a clustered computing environment
US9042402B1 (en) * 2011-05-10 2015-05-26 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for control protocol validation of a switch fabric system
GB201107860D0 (en) * 2011-05-11 2011-06-22 Manda Ion Rack module
US9369341B2 (en) * 2011-05-15 2016-06-14 Orbit Communication Systems Ltd. Static ring network for vehicle communications
KR101466560B1 (en) * 2011-06-07 2014-11-28 엘에스아이 코포레이션 Management of device firmware update effects as seen by a host
US8812555B2 (en) * 2011-06-18 2014-08-19 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic lock-free hash tables
CN102902581B (en) * 2011-07-29 2016-05-11 国际商业机器公司 Hardware accelerator and method, CPU, computing equipment
CN102929360A (en) * 2011-08-09 2013-02-13 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Server cabinet
US8930307B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2015-01-06 Pure Storage, Inc. Method for removing duplicate data from a storage array
US9021138B2 (en) * 2011-08-26 2015-04-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Performance of multi-processor computer systems
CN102999139B (en) * 2011-09-08 2016-03-30 英业达股份有限公司 Electric supply installation and the server rack system applying it
US8964601B2 (en) * 2011-10-07 2015-02-24 International Business Machines Corporation Network switching domains with a virtualized control plane
CN103139106B (en) * 2011-11-28 2014-06-11 英业达科技有限公司 Server rack system
US8826277B2 (en) * 2011-11-29 2014-09-02 International Business Machines Corporation Cloud provisioning accelerator
US9342314B2 (en) * 2011-12-08 2016-05-17 Oracle International Corporation Efficient hardware instructions for single instruction multiple data processors
US8788663B1 (en) * 2011-12-20 2014-07-22 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Managing resource dependent workflows
CN106469029B (en) * 2011-12-31 2019-07-23 华为数字技术(成都)有限公司 Data hierarchy storage processing method, device and storage equipment
US8708736B2 (en) * 2012-02-01 2014-04-29 Dell Products L.P. Systems and methods for coupling AC power to a rack-level power infrastructure
EP2831721B1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2020-08-26 Intel Corporation Context switching mechanism for a processing core having a general purpose cpu core and a tightly coupled accelerator
WO2013147885A1 (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Intel Corporation Apparatus and method for accelerating operations in a processor which uses shared virtual memory
US8868868B1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2014-10-21 Netapp, Inc. Method and system for responding to client requests for information maintained by storage systems
US9613052B2 (en) * 2012-06-05 2017-04-04 International Business Machines Corporation Establishing trust within a cloud computing system
US9064216B2 (en) * 2012-06-06 2015-06-23 Juniper Networks, Inc. Identifying likely faulty components in a distributed system
CN104272288B (en) 2012-06-08 2018-01-30 英特尔公司 For realizing the method and system of virtual machine VM Platform communication loopbacks
US8838577B2 (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-09-16 International Business Machines Corporation Accelerated row decompression
CN103634330A (en) * 2012-08-20 2014-03-12 曙光信息产业(北京)有限公司 Automatic resource distribution method in cloud calculation environment
US9049114B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2015-06-02 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network access device and method for automatically establishing connection to a wide area network
US10230762B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2019-03-12 Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. System and method for sharing information in a private ecosystem
US9154298B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2015-10-06 Cleversafe, Inc. Securely storing data in a dispersed storage network
US10554505B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2020-02-04 Intel Corporation Managing data center resources to achieve a quality of service
US8938417B2 (en) * 2013-02-22 2015-01-20 International Business Machines Corporation Integrity checking and selective deduplication based on network parameters
WO2014133497A1 (en) * 2013-02-27 2014-09-04 Hitachi Data Systems Corporation Decoupled content and metadata in a distributed object storage ecosystem
US20140282584A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Silicon Graphics International Corp. Allocating Accelerators to Threads in a High Performance Computing System
US9558010B2 (en) * 2013-03-14 2017-01-31 International Business Machines Corporation Fast hot boot of a computer system
US9460024B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-10-04 Vmware, Inc. Latency reduction for direct memory access operations involving address translation
ES2719271T3 (en) * 2013-03-19 2019-07-09 Adc Czech Republic Sro Control of curvature and support of connection cables, mobile, for telecommunications panels
WO2014150352A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 Insyde Software Corp. Network controller sharing between smm firmware and os drivers
US10037061B1 (en) * 2013-04-30 2018-07-31 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Multiple-stage cooling system for rack
US8898227B1 (en) * 2013-05-10 2014-11-25 Owl Computing Technologies, Inc. NFS storage via multiple one-way data links
US9424079B2 (en) * 2013-06-27 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Iteration support in a heterogeneous dataflow engine
US9056464B2 (en) * 2013-07-16 2015-06-16 Xerox Corporation System and method for optimized application of release agent in an inkjet printer with in-line coating
WO2015023537A2 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-02-19 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Methods and apparatus for hash routing in software defined networking
US10684973B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2020-06-16 Intel Corporation NUMA node peripheral switch
US9444914B2 (en) * 2013-09-16 2016-09-13 Annapurna Labs Ltd. Configurable parser and a method for parsing information units
WO2015039687A1 (en) * 2013-09-19 2015-03-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Transmission and reception devices for reducing the delay in end-to-end delivery of network packets
US9430390B2 (en) * 2013-09-21 2016-08-30 Oracle International Corporation Core in-memory space and object management architecture in a traditional RDBMS supporting DW and OLTP applications
US9467399B2 (en) * 2013-10-17 2016-10-11 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Processing concurrency in a network device
EP3063621A4 (en) * 2013-10-29 2017-07-12 Intel Corporation Flexible bootstrap code architecture
EP3084622A4 (en) * 2013-12-20 2018-02-28 Intel Corporation Execution offloading
EP3095213B1 (en) * 2014-01-17 2018-12-05 F5 Networks, Inc. Systems and methods for network destination based flood attack mitigation
US9740714B2 (en) * 2014-02-06 2017-08-22 International Business Machines Corporation Multilevel filters for cache-efficient access
US20150293699A1 (en) * 2014-04-11 2015-10-15 Graham Bromley Network-attached storage enhancement appliance
WO2015166506A1 (en) * 2014-04-29 2015-11-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Network service insertion
US9356883B1 (en) * 2014-05-29 2016-05-31 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Allocating cloud-hosted application resources using end-user metrics
US9798636B2 (en) * 2014-06-23 2017-10-24 Liqid Inc. Front end traffic handling in modular switched fabric based data storage systems
US10275171B2 (en) * 2014-09-16 2019-04-30 Kove Ip, Llc Paging of external memory
US9626108B2 (en) * 2014-09-16 2017-04-18 Kove Ip, Llc Dynamically provisionable and allocatable external memory
EP3198806B1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2019-09-25 Intel Corporation Network communications using pooled memory in rack-scale architecture
US9971619B2 (en) * 2014-10-15 2018-05-15 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Holdings) Pte Ltd Methods and systems for forwarding network packets within virtual machine host systems
US9501420B2 (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-11-22 Netapp, Inc. Cache optimization technique for large working data sets
US9596253B2 (en) * 2014-10-30 2017-03-14 Splunk Inc. Capture triggers for capturing network data
US10116772B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2018-10-30 Cavium, Inc. Network switching with co-resident data-plane and network interface controllers
US10230824B2 (en) * 2014-11-17 2019-03-12 Keysight Technologies Singapore (Holdings) Pte. Lte. Packet classification using memory pointer information
US10394731B2 (en) * 2014-12-19 2019-08-27 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System on a chip comprising reconfigurable resources for multiple compute sub-systems
US9838333B2 (en) * 2015-01-20 2017-12-05 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Software-defined information centric network (ICN)
US9560078B2 (en) * 2015-02-04 2017-01-31 Intel Corporation Technologies for scalable security architecture of virtualized networks
US9767856B2 (en) * 2015-02-10 2017-09-19 Netapp, Inc. High density storage device system
US10833940B2 (en) * 2015-03-09 2020-11-10 Vapor IO Inc. Autonomous distributed workload and infrastructure scheduling
US9569267B2 (en) * 2015-03-16 2017-02-14 Intel Corporation Hardware-based inter-device resource sharing
US9792154B2 (en) * 2015-04-17 2017-10-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Data processing system having a hardware acceleration plane and a software plane
US10606651B2 (en) 2015-04-17 2020-03-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Free form expression accelerator with thread length-based thread assignment to clustered soft processor cores that share a functional circuit
IL238690B (en) * 2015-05-07 2019-07-31 Mellanox Technologies Ltd Network-based computational accelerator
US9578008B2 (en) * 2015-05-11 2017-02-21 Intel Corporation Technologies for secure bootstrapping of virtual network functions
US9606836B2 (en) * 2015-06-09 2017-03-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Independently networkable hardware accelerators for increased workflow optimization
US10049078B1 (en) * 2015-06-25 2018-08-14 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Accessing a memory location using a two-stage hash scheme
US10063446B2 (en) * 2015-06-26 2018-08-28 Intel Corporation Netflow collection and export offload using network silicon
US9668382B2 (en) * 2015-08-11 2017-05-30 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Coolant distribution unit for a multi-node chassis
US9891935B2 (en) * 2015-08-13 2018-02-13 Altera Corporation Application-based dynamic heterogeneous many-core systems and methods
US9749266B2 (en) * 2015-08-28 2017-08-29 International Business Machines Corporation Coalescing messages using a network interface controller
US10296232B2 (en) * 2015-09-01 2019-05-21 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Service level based control of storage systems
CN105183561B (en) * 2015-09-02 2018-09-14 浪潮(北京)电子信息产业有限公司 A kind of resource allocation methods and system
US11068469B2 (en) * 2015-09-04 2021-07-20 Arista Networks, Inc. System and method of a dynamic shared memory hash table with notifications
US10321597B2 (en) * 2015-09-07 2019-06-11 Dell Products, L.P. User interface enhanced storage sled handle with embedded security features
US10725963B2 (en) * 2015-09-12 2020-07-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Distributed lock-free RDMA-based memory allocation and de-allocation
US20170093770A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 Intel Corporation Technologies for receive side message inspection and filtering
US10320710B2 (en) * 2015-09-25 2019-06-11 Intel Corporation Reliable replication mechanisms based on active-passive HFI protocols built on top of non-reliable multicast fabric implementations
DE112015006944B4 (en) * 2015-09-25 2023-03-23 Intel Corporation Apparatus, system and method for facilitating communication over a link with a device external to an assembly
CN111865657B (en) * 2015-09-28 2022-01-11 华为技术有限公司 Acceleration management node, acceleration node, client and method
US9996539B1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-06-12 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Data protection and long term retention
US9959146B2 (en) * 2015-10-20 2018-05-01 Intel Corporation Computing resources workload scheduling
US9912788B2 (en) * 2015-11-10 2018-03-06 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Systems and methods of an enhanced state-aware proxy device
US10206297B2 (en) * 2015-11-23 2019-02-12 Liqid Inc. Meshed architecture rackmount storage assembly
US10691731B2 (en) * 2015-11-26 2020-06-23 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient lookup in multiple bloom filters
CN108292264B (en) * 2015-12-02 2023-01-03 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method for managing the availability of memory pages and memory availability management module
US10218647B2 (en) * 2015-12-07 2019-02-26 Intel Corporation Mechanism to support multiple-writer/multiple-reader concurrency for software flow/packet classification on general purpose multi-core systems
KR102509988B1 (en) * 2015-12-15 2023-03-14 삼성전자주식회사 Storage system and method for connection-based load balancing
US10230633B2 (en) * 2016-01-21 2019-03-12 Red Hat, Inc. Shared memory communication in software defined networking
US10296353B2 (en) * 2016-01-25 2019-05-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Protecting basic input/output (BIOS) code
US10713314B2 (en) * 2016-01-29 2020-07-14 Splunk Inc. Facilitating data model acceleration in association with an external data system
KR101936950B1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2019-01-11 주식회사 맴레이 Computing device, data transfer method between coprocessor and non-volatile memory, and program including the same
US9933821B2 (en) * 2016-02-17 2018-04-03 Quanta Computer Inc. Chassis with lock mechanism
US10180992B2 (en) * 2016-03-01 2019-01-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Atomic updating of graph database index structures
US20170257970A1 (en) * 2016-03-04 2017-09-07 Radisys Corporation Rack having uniform bays and an optical interconnect system for shelf-level, modular deployment of sleds enclosing information technology equipment
US10069688B2 (en) * 2016-03-07 2018-09-04 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamically assigning, by functional domain, separate pairs of servers to primary and backup service processor modes within a grouping of servers
US10248349B2 (en) * 2016-03-22 2019-04-02 Oracle International Corporation Efficient and thread-safe objects for dynamically-typed languages
US10146550B2 (en) * 2016-03-28 2018-12-04 Dell Products, L.P. System and method to remotely detect and report bootable physical disk location
US10523598B2 (en) * 2016-04-04 2019-12-31 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Multi-path virtual switching
US20180024964A1 (en) * 2016-07-19 2018-01-25 Pure Storage, Inc. Disaggregated compute resources and storage resources in a storage system
US10334334B2 (en) * 2016-07-22 2019-06-25 Intel Corporation Storage sled and techniques for a data center
US10873521B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-12-22 Intel Corporation Methods and apparatus for SDI support for fast startup
US10917456B2 (en) * 2016-07-25 2021-02-09 Red Hat, Inc. Application management in an application deployment pipeline
US10078468B2 (en) * 2016-08-18 2018-09-18 International Business Machines Corporation Slice migration in a dispersed storage network
US10277677B2 (en) * 2016-09-12 2019-04-30 Intel Corporation Mechanism for disaggregated storage class memory over fabric
US20180089044A1 (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-03-29 Francesc Guim Bernat Technologies for providing network interface support for remote memory and storage failover protection
US10853364B2 (en) * 2016-09-28 2020-12-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Direct table association in in-memory databases
US10936533B2 (en) * 2016-10-18 2021-03-02 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. GPU remote communication with triggered operations
US20180150256A1 (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-05-31 Intel Corporation Technologies for data deduplication in disaggregated architectures
WO2018111228A1 (en) * 2016-12-12 2018-06-21 Intel Corporation Apparatuses and methods for a processor architecture
US10171309B1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2019-01-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Topology service
US10824355B2 (en) * 2017-01-10 2020-11-03 International Business Machines Corporation Hierarchical management of storage capacity and data volumes in a converged system
US10198270B2 (en) * 2017-01-19 2019-02-05 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Dynamic hardware configuration via firmware interface at computing device boot
US20180212885A1 (en) 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 Google Inc. Device and method for scalable traffic shaping at a receiver with a time-indexed data structure
US10664462B2 (en) * 2017-03-01 2020-05-26 Sap Se In-memory row storage architecture
US10503427B2 (en) * 2017-03-10 2019-12-10 Pure Storage, Inc. Synchronously replicating datasets and other managed objects to cloud-based storage systems
US10628057B2 (en) * 2017-03-28 2020-04-21 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Capability based locking and access of shared persistent memory
US10346315B2 (en) * 2017-05-26 2019-07-09 Oracle International Corporation Latchless, non-blocking dynamically resizable segmented hash index
US10324859B2 (en) * 2017-06-26 2019-06-18 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Multi-plane memory management
US20190044809A1 (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-02-07 Intel Corporation Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller
US10334760B1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-06-25 Jed A. Darland System and method for helical cooling tower for efficient cooling
US10447273B1 (en) * 2018-09-11 2019-10-15 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Dynamic virtualized field-programmable gate array resource control for performance and reliability

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11595277B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2023-02-28 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US10791384B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-09-29 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US12040889B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2024-07-16 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US10802229B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-10-13 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US12081323B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2024-09-03 Intel Corporation Techniques to control system updates and configuration changes via the cloud
US11128553B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2021-09-21 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US10785549B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2020-09-22 Intel Corporation Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center
US11137922B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2021-10-05 Intel Corporation Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture
US11907557B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2024-02-20 Intel Corporation Technologies for dividing work across accelerator devices
US11995330B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2024-05-28 Intel Corporation Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture
US11977923B2 (en) 2016-11-29 2024-05-07 Intel Corporation Cloud-based scale-up system composition
US10579548B2 (en) * 2018-03-29 2020-03-03 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Adaptive interleaving of data transfer requests
US10990517B1 (en) * 2019-01-28 2021-04-27 Xilinx, Inc. Configurable overlay on wide memory channels for efficient memory access
US11989135B2 (en) * 2020-02-10 2024-05-21 Intel Corporation Programmable address range engine for larger region sizes
US20220103290A1 (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-03-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Interleaver design for noncoherent reed muller codes
US11907550B2 (en) * 2020-11-27 2024-02-20 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth
US20220171549A1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2022-06-02 Robert Bosch Gmbh Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth
US20230046403A1 (en) * 2021-08-11 2023-02-16 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-device processing activity allocation
US11966610B2 (en) * 2021-11-04 2024-04-23 SK Hynix Inc. Storage device capable of adjusting size of zoned namespace and operating method thereof
US20230134639A1 (en) * 2021-11-04 2023-05-04 SK Hynix Inc. Storage device and operating method thereof
US20240037029A1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Client allocation of memory across memory servers
US20240143498A1 (en) * 2022-10-27 2024-05-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods, devices, and systems for allocating memory space
US20240289034A1 (en) * 2023-02-28 2024-08-29 SK Hynix Inc. Computing system and method of operating the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117725004A (en) 2024-03-19
US20190034383A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US20190052457A1 (en) 2019-02-14
CN109426649A (en) 2019-03-05
EP3454530A1 (en) 2019-03-13
CN113806260A (en) 2021-12-17
CN109426648B (en) 2024-09-10
US10554391B2 (en) 2020-02-04
US10476670B2 (en) 2019-11-12
CN109426652A (en) 2019-03-05
CN116501683A (en) 2023-07-28
US20240195605A1 (en) 2024-06-13
US20190035483A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US20210306142A1 (en) 2021-09-30
CN109426456A (en) 2019-03-05
US20190044849A1 (en) 2019-02-07
EP3451196A1 (en) 2019-03-06
US20190042122A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US11588624B2 (en) 2023-02-21
CN113806260B (en) 2024-10-15
US10581596B2 (en) 2020-03-03
EP3451635B1 (en) 2020-07-15
US11522682B2 (en) 2022-12-06
CN109426648A (en) 2019-03-05
US20220012105A1 (en) 2022-01-13
US11888967B2 (en) 2024-01-30
US20190069434A1 (en) 2019-02-28
US20190044859A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20210288793A1 (en) 2021-09-16
US20190034102A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US20190042277A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US10469252B2 (en) 2019-11-05
US11843691B2 (en) 2023-12-12
US20190034490A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US11025411B2 (en) 2021-06-01
US20190042234A1 (en) 2019-02-07
EP3460662A1 (en) 2019-03-27
CN109426569A (en) 2019-03-05
US20190042126A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20230050698A1 (en) 2023-02-16
CN109426647B (en) 2024-10-29
CN109428770A (en) 2019-03-05
JP7214394B2 (en) 2023-01-30
US20230421358A1 (en) 2023-12-28
US20190042090A1 (en) 2019-02-07
CN109426647A (en) 2019-03-05
CN109426455A (en) 2019-03-05
CN112732447B (en) 2024-05-14
EP3823245A1 (en) 2021-05-19
US20190042091A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US10756886B2 (en) 2020-08-25
JP2019047489A (en) 2019-03-22
US11249816B2 (en) 2022-02-15
CN112732447A (en) 2021-04-30
DE102018212479A1 (en) 2019-02-28
EP3451635A1 (en) 2019-03-06
US10728024B2 (en) 2020-07-28
US20200389296A1 (en) 2020-12-10
US20190042611A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20190042136A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20190044809A1 (en) 2019-02-07
US20230412365A1 (en) 2023-12-21
CN109426649B (en) 2024-09-03
US11050554B2 (en) 2021-06-29
CN109428770B (en) 2024-08-13
US10567166B2 (en) 2020-02-18
CN115543204A (en) 2022-12-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11522682B2 (en) Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture
US11422867B2 (en) Technologies for composing a managed node based on telemetry data
US11861424B2 (en) Technologies for providing efficient reprovisioning in an accelerator device
US11115497B2 (en) Technologies for providing advanced resource management in a disaggregated environment
EP3731091A1 (en) Technologies for providing an accelerator device discovery service
US20200004712A1 (en) Technologies for establishing communication channel between accelerator device kernels
US12131183B2 (en) Technologies for providing efficient message polling
US20230418686A1 (en) Technologies for providing efficient pooling for a hyper converged infrastructure
EP3731095A1 (en) Technologies for providing inter-kernel communication abstraction to support scale-up and scale-out

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: INTEL CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHMISSEUR, MARK;ZIAKAS, DIMITRIOS;NACHIMUTHU, MURUGASAMY K.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180116 TO 20180119;REEL/FRAME:044683/0694

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION